1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===// 2 // 3 // The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure 4 // 5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source 6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details. 7 // 8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 9 // 10 // This file implements semantic analysis for declarations. 11 // 12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===// 13 14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h" 15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h" 16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h" 17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h" 18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h" 19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h" 20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h" 21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h" 22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h" 23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h" 24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h" 25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h" 26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h" 27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h" 28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h" 29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h" 30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h" 31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h" 32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering. 34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex 35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled() 36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h" 37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h" 38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h" 39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h" 40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h" 41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h" 42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h" 43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h" 44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h" 45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h" 46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h" 47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h" 48 #include <algorithm> 49 #include <cstring> 50 #include <functional> 51 using namespace clang; 52 using namespace sema; 53 54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) { 55 if (OwnedType) { 56 Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr }; 57 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2)); 58 } 59 60 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr)); 61 } 62 63 namespace { 64 65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 66 public: 67 TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false, 68 bool AllowTemplates=false) 69 : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass), 70 AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) { 71 WantExpressionKeywords = false; 72 WantCXXNamedCasts = false; 73 WantRemainingKeywords = false; 74 } 75 76 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 77 if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) { 78 bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND); 79 bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND); 80 return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) && 81 (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl()); 82 } 83 return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword(); 84 } 85 86 private: 87 bool AllowInvalidDecl; 88 bool WantClassName; 89 bool AllowClassTemplates; 90 }; 91 92 } 93 94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier. 95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const { 96 switch (Kind) { 97 // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a 98 // token kind is a valid type specifier 99 case tok::kw_short: 100 case tok::kw_long: 101 case tok::kw___int64: 102 case tok::kw___int128: 103 case tok::kw_signed: 104 case tok::kw_unsigned: 105 case tok::kw_void: 106 case tok::kw_char: 107 case tok::kw_int: 108 case tok::kw_half: 109 case tok::kw_float: 110 case tok::kw_double: 111 case tok::kw_wchar_t: 112 case tok::kw_bool: 113 case tok::kw___underlying_type: 114 return true; 115 116 case tok::annot_typename: 117 case tok::kw_char16_t: 118 case tok::kw_char32_t: 119 case tok::kw_typeof: 120 case tok::annot_decltype: 121 case tok::kw_decltype: 122 return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 123 124 default: 125 break; 126 } 127 128 return false; 129 } 130 131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S, 132 const IdentifierInfo &II, 133 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 134 // Find the first parent class template context, if any. 135 // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates. 136 const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr; 137 for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) { 138 RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 139 if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 140 break; 141 } 142 if (!RD) 143 return ParsedType(); 144 145 // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary 146 // templates. 147 bool FoundTypeDecl = false; 148 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) { 149 auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>(); 150 if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType()) 151 continue; 152 auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl(); 153 if (!TD) 154 continue; 155 auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl()); 156 // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly 157 // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism. 158 for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) { 159 if (FoundTypeDecl) 160 return ParsedType(); 161 FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND); 162 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 163 return ParsedType(); 164 } 165 } 166 if (!FoundTypeDecl) 167 return ParsedType(); 168 169 // We found some types in dependent base classes. Recover as if the user 170 // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'. We'll fully resolve the 171 // lookup during template instantiation. 172 S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II; 173 174 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 175 auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false, 176 cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD))); 177 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II); 178 179 CXXScopeSpec SS; 180 SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 181 182 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 183 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 184 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 185 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 186 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 187 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 188 } 189 190 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope, 191 /// return the declaration of that type. 192 /// 193 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II 194 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to 195 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an 196 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that 197 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL. 198 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc, 199 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS, 200 bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot, 201 ParsedType ObjectTypePtr, 202 bool IsCtorOrDtorName, 203 bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo, 204 IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) { 205 // Determine where we will perform name lookup. 206 DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr; 207 if (ObjectTypePtr) { 208 QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get(); 209 if (ObjectType->isRecordType()) 210 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType); 211 } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) { 212 LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false); 213 214 if (!LookupCtx) { 215 if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 216 // C++ [temp.res]p3: 217 // A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the 218 // nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2) 219 // shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the 220 // qualified-id denotes a type, forming an 221 // elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3). 222 // 223 // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would 224 // refer to a member of an unknown specialization. 225 if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName) 226 return ParsedType(); 227 228 // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type, 229 // so build a dependent node to describe the type. 230 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) 231 return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get(); 232 233 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context); 234 QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc, 235 II, NameLoc); 236 return ParsedType::make(T); 237 } 238 239 return ParsedType(); 240 } 241 242 if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() && 243 RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx)) 244 return ParsedType(); 245 } 246 247 // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of 248 // lookup for class-names. 249 LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName : 250 LookupOrdinaryName; 251 LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind); 252 if (LookupCtx) { 253 // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we 254 // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access 255 // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior 256 // nested-name-specifier. 257 LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx); 258 259 if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) { 260 // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3: 261 // If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up 262 // in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of 263 // the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also 264 // looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall 265 // find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T. 266 LookupName(Result, S); 267 } 268 } else { 269 // Perform unqualified name lookup. 270 LookupName(Result, S); 271 272 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 273 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 274 if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) { 275 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 276 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc)) 277 return TypeInBase; 278 } 279 } 280 281 NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr; 282 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 283 case LookupResult::NotFound: 284 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 285 if (CorrectedII) { 286 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName); 287 TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 288 Kind, S, SS, Validator, 289 CTK_ErrorRecovery); 290 IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 291 TemplateTy Template; 292 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 293 UnqualifiedId TemplateName; 294 TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc); 295 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier(); 296 CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS; 297 if (SS && NNS) { 298 NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 299 NewSSPtr = &NewSS; 300 } 301 if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) && 302 // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected 303 // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names 304 // is handled elsewhere). 305 !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr && 306 isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(), 307 false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) { 308 ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr, 309 isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr, 310 IsCtorOrDtorName, 311 WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo); 312 if (Ty) { 313 diagnoseTypo(Correction, 314 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest) 315 << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName); 316 if (SS && NNS) 317 SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 318 *CorrectedII = NewII; 319 return Ty; 320 } 321 } 322 } 323 // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through 324 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 325 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 326 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 327 return ParsedType(); 328 329 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 330 // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type. We'll 331 // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can 332 // diagnose the error then. If we don't do this, then the error 333 // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error 334 // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type. 335 if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) { 336 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 337 return ParsedType(); 338 } 339 340 // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results. 341 for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end(); 342 Res != ResEnd; ++Res) { 343 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) { 344 if (!IIDecl || 345 (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() < 346 IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding()) 347 IIDecl = *Res; 348 } 349 } 350 351 if (!IIDecl) { 352 // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way 353 // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't 354 // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to 355 // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which 356 // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected 357 // a type name. 358 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 359 return ParsedType(); 360 } 361 362 // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the 363 // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right 364 // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to 365 // perform the name lookup again. 366 break; 367 368 case LookupResult::Found: 369 IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl(); 370 break; 371 } 372 373 assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl"); 374 375 QualType T; 376 if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) { 377 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc); 378 379 T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD); 380 381 // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a 382 // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier 383 // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node). 384 if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) { 385 if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) { 386 // Construct a type with type-source information. 387 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 388 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 389 390 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 391 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 392 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 393 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context)); 394 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 395 } else { 396 T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T); 397 } 398 } 399 } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) { 400 (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc); 401 if (!HasTrailingDot) 402 T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl); 403 } 404 405 if (T.isNull()) { 406 // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics. 407 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 408 return ParsedType(); 409 } 410 return ParsedType::make(T); 411 } 412 413 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context. 414 static NestedNameSpecifier * 415 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) { 416 for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) { 417 DC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 418 auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 419 if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace()) 420 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND); 421 else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 422 return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(), 423 RD->getTypeForDecl()); 424 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 425 return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context); 426 } 427 llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?"); 428 } 429 430 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II, 431 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 432 // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template 433 // type parameter is a Microsoft extension. 434 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II; 435 436 // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at 437 // instantiation time. The name specifier isn't dependent, so template 438 // instantiation won't transform it. It will retry the lookup, however. 439 NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = 440 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext); 441 QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II); 442 443 // Build type location information. We synthesized the qualifier, so we have 444 // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc. 445 NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder; 446 NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc)); 447 NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context); 448 449 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 450 DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T); 451 DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc); 452 DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 453 DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc); 454 return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 455 } 456 457 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only* 458 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo"). If 459 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum, 460 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class). This is used to diagnose 461 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag. 462 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 463 // Do a tag name lookup in this scope. 464 LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName); 465 LookupName(R, S, false); 466 R.suppressDiagnostics(); 467 if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 468 if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 469 switch (TD->getTagKind()) { 470 case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct; 471 case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface; 472 case TTK_Union: return DeclSpec::TST_union; 473 case TTK_Class: return DeclSpec::TST_class; 474 case TTK_Enum: return DeclSpec::TST_enum; 475 } 476 } 477 478 return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified; 479 } 480 481 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope, 482 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes 483 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning. 484 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example: 485 /// @code 486 /// template<class T> class A { 487 /// public: 488 /// typedef int TYPE; 489 /// }; 490 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> { 491 /// public: 492 /// A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class. 493 /// }; 494 /// @endcode 495 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) { 496 if (CurContext->isRecord()) { 497 const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType(); 498 499 CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 500 for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) 501 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType())) 502 return true; 503 return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 504 } 505 return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope(); 506 } 507 508 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II, 509 SourceLocation IILoc, 510 Scope *S, 511 CXXScopeSpec *SS, 512 ParsedType &SuggestedType, 513 bool AllowClassTemplates) { 514 // We don't have anything to suggest (yet). 515 SuggestedType = ParsedType(); 516 517 // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo 518 // results, in case we have something that we can suggest. 519 TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates); 520 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc), 521 LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS, 522 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 523 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) { 524 // We corrected to a keyword. 525 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 526 II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 527 } else { 528 // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that. 529 if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) { 530 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 531 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II); 532 } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) { 533 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 534 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 535 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 536 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, 537 PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest) 538 << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange()); 539 } else { 540 llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here"); 541 } 542 543 CXXScopeSpec tmpSS; 544 if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier()) 545 tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(), 546 SourceRange(IILoc)); 547 SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 548 IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false, 549 false, ParsedType(), 550 /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false, 551 /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true); 552 } 553 return; 554 } 555 556 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 557 // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to. 558 UnqualifiedId Name; 559 Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc); 560 CXXScopeSpec EmptySS; 561 TemplateTy TemplateResult; 562 bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization; 563 if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false, 564 Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult, 565 MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) { 566 TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get(); 567 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName; 568 if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) { 569 Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here) 570 << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange(); 571 } 572 return; 573 } 574 } 575 576 // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag 577 // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead? 578 579 if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid())) 580 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II; 581 else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) 582 Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found) 583 << II << DC << SS->getRange(); 584 else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) { 585 unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing; 586 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S)) 587 DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing; 588 589 Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID) 590 << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName() 591 << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc) 592 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename "); 593 SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), 594 *SS, *II, IILoc).get(); 595 } else { 596 assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() && 597 "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed"); 598 } 599 } 600 601 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name 602 /// or 603 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) { 604 bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 605 NextToken.is(tok::less); 606 607 for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) { 608 if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I)) 609 return true; 610 611 if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I)) 612 return true; 613 } 614 615 return false; 616 } 617 618 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result, 619 Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 620 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 621 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 622 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName); 623 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS); 624 if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) { 625 StringRef FixItTagName; 626 switch (Tag->getTagKind()) { 627 case TTK_Class: 628 FixItTagName = "class "; 629 break; 630 631 case TTK_Enum: 632 FixItTagName = "enum "; 633 break; 634 635 case TTK_Struct: 636 FixItTagName = "struct "; 637 break; 638 639 case TTK_Interface: 640 FixItTagName = "__interface "; 641 break; 642 643 case TTK_Union: 644 FixItTagName = "union "; 645 break; 646 } 647 648 StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back(); 649 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag) 650 << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 651 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName); 652 653 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end(); 654 I != IEnd; ++I) 655 SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type) 656 << Name << TagName; 657 658 // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl. 659 Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName); 660 SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS); 661 return true; 662 } 663 664 return false; 665 } 666 667 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier. 668 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 669 QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) { 670 ASTContext &Context = S.Context; 671 672 TypeLocBuilder Builder; 673 Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc); 674 675 T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T); 676 ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T); 677 ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation()); 678 ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 679 return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T)); 680 } 681 682 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S, 683 CXXScopeSpec &SS, 684 IdentifierInfo *&Name, 685 SourceLocation NameLoc, 686 const Token &NextToken, 687 bool IsAddressOfOperand, 688 CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) { 689 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc); 690 ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl(); 691 692 if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) { 693 BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(), 694 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false); 695 } 696 697 LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 698 LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod); 699 700 // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into 701 // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known. 702 if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 703 if (ParsedType TypeInBase = 704 recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc)) 705 return TypeInBase; 706 } 707 708 // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically 709 // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method. 710 // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal 711 // unqualified lookup mechanism. 712 if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) { 713 ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true); 714 if (E.get() || E.isInvalid()) 715 return E; 716 } 717 718 bool SecondTry = false; 719 bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false; 720 721 Corrected: 722 switch (Result.getResultKind()) { 723 case LookupResult::NotFound: 724 // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function 725 // call. 726 if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) { 727 // In C++, this is an ADL-only call. 728 // FIXME: Reference? 729 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 730 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true); 731 732 // C90 6.3.2.2: 733 // If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a 734 // function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no 735 // declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is 736 // implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing 737 // the function call, the declaration 738 // 739 // extern int identifier (); 740 // 741 // appeared. 742 // 743 // We also allow this in C99 as an extension. 744 if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) { 745 Result.addDecl(D); 746 Result.resolveKind(); 747 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false); 748 } 749 } 750 751 // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in 752 // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum", 753 // "struct", or "union". 754 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry && 755 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 756 break; 757 } 758 759 // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is 760 // close to this name. 761 if (!SecondTry && CCC) { 762 SecondTry = true; 763 if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(), 764 Result.getLookupKind(), S, 765 &SS, *CCC, 766 CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 767 unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest; 768 unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest; 769 770 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl(); 771 NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl 772 = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr; 773 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 774 UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) { 775 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest; 776 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest; 777 } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl && 778 (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 779 isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) || 780 isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) { 781 UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest; 782 QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest; 783 } 784 785 if (SS.isEmpty()) { 786 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name); 787 } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it. 788 std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts())); 789 bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() && 790 Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr); 791 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag) 792 << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false) 793 << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange()); 794 } 795 796 // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name. 797 Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(); 798 799 // Typo correction corrected to a keyword. 800 if (Corrected.isKeyword()) 801 return Name; 802 803 // Also update the LookupResult... 804 // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point 805 Result.clear(); 806 Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection()); 807 if (FirstDecl) 808 Result.addDecl(FirstDecl); 809 810 // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let 811 // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to 812 // reference the ivar. 813 // FIXME: This is a gross hack. 814 if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) { 815 Result.clear(); 816 ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier())); 817 return E; 818 } 819 820 goto Corrected; 821 } 822 } 823 824 // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it. 825 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 826 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 827 828 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: { 829 // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were 830 // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other 831 // dependent nested-name-specifier. 832 833 // C++ [temp.res]p2: 834 // A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is 835 // dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type 836 // unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is 837 // qualified by the keyword typename. 838 // 839 // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to 840 // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a 841 // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template' 842 // keyword here. 843 return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(), 844 NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand, 845 /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr); 846 } 847 848 case LookupResult::Found: 849 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 850 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 851 break; 852 853 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 854 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 855 hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) { 856 // C++ [temp.local]p3: 857 // A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an 858 // ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than 859 // one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found 860 // refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name 861 // is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the 862 // class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not 863 // ambiguous. 864 // 865 // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one, 866 // so try again after filtering out template names. 867 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 868 if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) { 869 IsFilteredTemplateName = true; 870 break; 871 } 872 } 873 874 // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error. 875 return NameClassification::Error(); 876 } 877 878 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) && 879 (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) { 880 // C++ [temp.names]p3: 881 // After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that 882 // an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of 883 // overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if 884 // this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a 885 // template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator. 886 if (!IsFilteredTemplateName) 887 FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result); 888 889 if (!Result.empty()) { 890 bool IsFunctionTemplate; 891 bool IsVarTemplate; 892 TemplateName Template; 893 if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) { 894 IsFunctionTemplate = true; 895 Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(), 896 Result.end()); 897 } else { 898 TemplateDecl *TD 899 = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl()); 900 IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD); 901 IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD); 902 903 if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid()) 904 Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(), 905 /*TemplateKeyword=*/false, 906 TD); 907 else 908 Template = TemplateName(TD); 909 } 910 911 if (IsFunctionTemplate) { 912 // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which 913 // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need 914 // to based on which function we selected. 915 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 916 917 return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template); 918 } 919 920 return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template) 921 : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template); 922 } 923 } 924 925 NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl(); 926 if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) { 927 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 928 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 929 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 930 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 931 return ParsedType::make(T); 932 } 933 934 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl); 935 if (!Class) { 936 // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this. 937 if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias = 938 dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl)) 939 Class = Alias->getClassInterface(); 940 } 941 942 if (Class) { 943 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc); 944 945 if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) { 946 // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression. 947 // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now. 948 Result.suppressDiagnostics(); 949 return NameClassification::Unknown(); 950 } 951 952 QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class); 953 return ParsedType::make(T); 954 } 955 956 // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument. 957 if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)) 958 return NameClassification::TypeTemplate( 959 TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))); 960 961 // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it 962 // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found. 963 bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star); 964 if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) || 965 (NextIsOp && 966 FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) && 967 isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) { 968 TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 969 DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc); 970 QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type); 971 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) 972 return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc); 973 return ParsedType::make(T); 974 } 975 976 if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember()) 977 return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result, 978 nullptr); 979 980 bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)); 981 return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL); 982 } 983 984 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a 985 // context. This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the 986 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser. 987 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) { 988 989 // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've 990 // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is 991 // the context we'll need to return to. 992 // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated 993 // as an inline member function. A Lambda can be used legally 994 // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument. These 995 // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing 996 // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one); 997 // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an 998 // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or 999 // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the 1000 // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class). 1001 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) { 1002 DC = DC->getLexicalParent(); 1003 1004 // A function not defined within a class will always return to its 1005 // lexical context. 1006 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 1007 return DC; 1008 1009 // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class 1010 // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete"); the topmost 1011 // class is the context we need to return to. 1012 while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent())) 1013 DC = RD; 1014 1015 // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is 1016 // declared in. 1017 return DC; 1018 } 1019 1020 return DC->getLexicalParent(); 1021 } 1022 1023 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1024 assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext && 1025 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1026 CurContext = DC; 1027 S->setEntity(DC); 1028 } 1029 1030 void Sema::PopDeclContext() { 1031 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1032 1033 CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext); 1034 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1035 } 1036 1037 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context 1038 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier. 1039 /// 1040 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1041 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13: 1042 // A name used in the definition of a static data member of class 1043 // X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as 1044 // if the name was used in a member function of X. 1045 // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14: 1046 // If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the 1047 // scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of 1048 // the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as 1049 // if the definition of the variable member occurred in its 1050 // namespace. 1051 // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context 1052 // is the semantic context of the declaration. We can't use 1053 // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily 1054 // lexically contained in the current context. Fortunately, 1055 // the containing scope should have the appropriate information. 1056 1057 assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity"); 1058 1059 #ifndef NDEBUG 1060 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1061 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1062 assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch"); 1063 #endif 1064 1065 CurContext = DC; 1066 S->setEntity(DC); 1067 } 1068 1069 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) { 1070 assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!"); 1071 1072 // Switch back to the lexical context. The safety of this is 1073 // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext. 1074 Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent(); 1075 while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent(); 1076 CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity(); 1077 1078 // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to 1079 // disappear. 1080 } 1081 1082 1083 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) { 1084 // We assume that the caller has already called 1085 // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works. 1086 FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction(); 1087 if (!FD) 1088 return; 1089 1090 // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context 1091 // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class. 1092 assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() && 1093 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 1094 CurContext = FD; 1095 S->setEntity(CurContext); 1096 1097 for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) { 1098 ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P); 1099 // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope 1100 if (Param->getIdentifier()) { 1101 S->AddDecl(Param); 1102 IdResolver.AddDecl(Param); 1103 } 1104 } 1105 } 1106 1107 1108 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() { 1109 // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent, 1110 // rather than the top-level class. 1111 assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!"); 1112 CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent(); 1113 assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!"); 1114 } 1115 1116 1117 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function 1118 /// PrevDecl with another declaration. 1119 /// 1120 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not 1121 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return 1122 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an 1123 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an 1124 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable" 1125 /// attribute. 1126 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous, 1127 ASTContext &Context) { 1128 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 1129 return true; 1130 1131 if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) 1132 return true; 1133 1134 return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found 1135 && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()); 1136 } 1137 1138 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains. 1139 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) { 1140 // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing 1141 // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this 1142 // scope. 1143 while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) 1144 S = S->getParent(); 1145 1146 // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be 1147 // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted 1148 // into any context. 1149 if (AddToContext) 1150 CurContext->addDecl(D); 1151 1152 // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they 1153 // are function-local declarations. 1154 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() && 1155 !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 1156 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 1157 !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1158 return; 1159 1160 // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope. 1161 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) && 1162 cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 1163 return; 1164 1165 // If this replaces anything in the current scope, 1166 IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()), 1167 IEnd = IdResolver.end(); 1168 for (; I != IEnd; ++I) { 1169 if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) { 1170 S->RemoveDecl(*I); 1171 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I); 1172 1173 // Should only need to replace one decl. 1174 break; 1175 } 1176 } 1177 1178 S->AddDecl(D); 1179 1180 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) { 1181 // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that 1182 // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert 1183 // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain. 1184 for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) { 1185 DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 1186 if (IDC == CurContext) { 1187 if (!S->isDeclScope(*I)) 1188 continue; 1189 } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext)) 1190 break; 1191 } 1192 1193 IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D); 1194 } else { 1195 IdResolver.AddDecl(D); 1196 } 1197 } 1198 1199 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) { 1200 if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope) 1201 TUScope->AddDecl(D); 1202 } 1203 1204 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1205 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1206 return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace); 1207 } 1208 1209 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) { 1210 DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext(); 1211 do { 1212 if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity()) 1213 if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC) 1214 return S; 1215 } while ((S = S->getParent())); 1216 1217 return nullptr; 1218 } 1219 1220 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *, 1221 DeclContext*, 1222 ASTContext&); 1223 1224 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope 1225 /// as determined by isDeclInScope. 1226 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S, 1227 bool ConsiderLinkage, 1228 bool AllowInlineNamespace) { 1229 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1230 while (F.hasNext()) { 1231 NamedDecl *D = F.next(); 1232 1233 if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace)) 1234 continue; 1235 1236 if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context)) 1237 continue; 1238 1239 F.erase(); 1240 } 1241 1242 F.done(); 1243 } 1244 1245 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) { 1246 return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) || 1247 isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) || 1248 isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D); 1249 } 1250 1251 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results. 1252 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) { 1253 LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter(); 1254 while (F.hasNext()) 1255 if (isUsingDecl(F.next())) 1256 F.erase(); 1257 1258 F.done(); 1259 } 1260 1261 /// \brief Check for this common pattern: 1262 /// @code 1263 /// class S { 1264 /// S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1265 /// void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT 1266 /// }; 1267 /// @endcode 1268 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) { 1269 // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get 1270 // the decl here. 1271 if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody()) 1272 return false; 1273 1274 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D)) 1275 return CD->isCopyConstructor(); 1276 if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 1277 return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator(); 1278 return false; 1279 } 1280 1281 // We need this to handle 1282 // 1283 // typedef struct { 1284 // void *foo() { return 0; } 1285 // } A; 1286 // 1287 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A' 1288 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A', 1289 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end 1290 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage. 1291 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or 1292 // not. 1293 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1294 const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext(); 1295 while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) { 1296 if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){ 1297 if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage()) 1298 return true; 1299 } 1300 DC = DC->getParent(); 1301 } 1302 1303 return !D->isExternallyVisible(); 1304 } 1305 1306 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want 1307 // these semantics. 1308 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) { 1309 if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete) 1310 return false; 1311 return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc); 1312 } 1313 1314 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const { 1315 assert(D); 1316 1317 if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1318 return false; 1319 1320 // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions 1321 // of members of class templates. 1322 if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() || 1323 D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext()) 1324 return false; 1325 1326 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1327 if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1328 return false; 1329 1330 if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 1331 if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD)) 1332 return false; 1333 } else { 1334 // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn. 1335 if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation())) 1336 return false; 1337 } 1338 1339 if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() && 1340 Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD)) 1341 return false; 1342 } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1343 // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal 1344 // linkage; don't warn. (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker 1345 // like "inline".) 1346 if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation())) 1347 return false; 1348 1349 if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD)) 1350 return false; 1351 1352 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && 1353 VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation) 1354 return false; 1355 } else { 1356 return false; 1357 } 1358 1359 // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit. 1360 // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function 1361 // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance. 1362 return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D); 1363 } 1364 1365 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) { 1366 if (!D) 1367 return; 1368 1369 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 1370 const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl(); 1371 if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1372 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1373 } 1374 1375 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1376 const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl(); 1377 if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First)) 1378 return; // First should already be in the vector. 1379 } 1380 1381 if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D)) 1382 UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D); 1383 } 1384 1385 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1386 if (D->isInvalidDecl()) 1387 return false; 1388 1389 if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() || 1390 D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>()) 1391 return false; 1392 1393 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1394 return true; 1395 1396 // White-list anything that isn't a local variable. 1397 if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) || 1398 !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 1399 return false; 1400 1401 // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed. 1402 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 1403 1404 // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type. 1405 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 1406 1407 // Only look at the outermost level of typedef. 1408 if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) { 1409 if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1410 return false; 1411 } 1412 1413 // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is 1414 // dependent, don't diagnose the variable. 1415 if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType()) 1416 return false; 1417 1418 if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) { 1419 const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 1420 if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) 1421 return false; 1422 1423 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) { 1424 if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1425 return false; 1426 1427 if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) { 1428 if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups = 1429 dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init)) 1430 Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr(); 1431 const CXXConstructExpr *Construct = 1432 dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init); 1433 if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) { 1434 CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor(); 1435 if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>()) 1436 return false; 1437 } 1438 } 1439 } 1440 } 1441 1442 // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates? 1443 } 1444 1445 return true; 1446 } 1447 1448 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx, 1449 FixItHint &Hint) { 1450 if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) { 1451 SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(), 1452 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true); 1453 if (AfterColon.isInvalid()) 1454 return; 1455 Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange:: 1456 getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon)); 1457 } 1458 return; 1459 } 1460 1461 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used 1462 /// unless they are marked attr(unused). 1463 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) { 1464 if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D)) 1465 return; 1466 1467 FixItHint Hint; 1468 GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint); 1469 1470 unsigned DiagID; 1471 if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable()) 1472 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param; 1473 else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) 1474 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label; 1475 else 1476 DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable; 1477 1478 Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint; 1479 } 1480 1481 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) { 1482 // Verify that we have no forward references left. If so, there was a goto 1483 // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it. Label fwd 1484 // definitions are indicated with a null substmt. 1485 if (L->getStmt() == nullptr) 1486 S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName(); 1487 } 1488 1489 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) { 1490 S->mergeNRVOIntoParent(); 1491 1492 if (S->decl_empty()) return; 1493 assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) && 1494 "Scope shouldn't contain decls!"); 1495 1496 for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) { 1497 assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??"); 1498 1499 assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?"); 1500 NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD); 1501 1502 if (!D->getDeclName()) continue; 1503 1504 // Diagnose unused variables in this scope. 1505 if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred()) 1506 DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D); 1507 1508 // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined. 1509 if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D)) 1510 CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this); 1511 1512 // Remove this name from our lexical scope. 1513 IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D); 1514 } 1515 } 1516 1517 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit. 1518 /// 1519 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If 1520 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated 1521 /// to the fixed name. 1522 /// 1523 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit. 1524 /// 1525 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction 1526 /// if there is no class with the given name. 1527 /// 1528 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the 1529 /// class could not be found. 1530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id, 1531 SourceLocation IdLoc, 1532 bool DoTypoCorrection) { 1533 // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in 1534 // creation from this context. 1535 NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 1536 1537 if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) { 1538 // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we 1539 // find an Objective-C class name. 1540 DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator; 1541 if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc), 1542 LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr, 1543 Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) { 1544 diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id); 1545 IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(); 1546 Id = IDecl->getIdentifier(); 1547 } 1548 } 1549 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl); 1550 // This routine must always return a class definition, if any. 1551 if (Def && Def->getDefinition()) 1552 Def = Def->getDefinition(); 1553 return Def; 1554 } 1555 1556 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting 1557 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes 1558 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and 1559 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but 1560 /// ill-formed in C++: 1561 /// @code 1562 /// struct S6 { 1563 /// enum { BAR } e; 1564 /// }; 1565 /// 1566 /// void test_S6() { 1567 /// struct S6 a; 1568 /// a.e = BAR; 1569 /// } 1570 /// @endcode 1571 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different 1572 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration 1573 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated 1574 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent 1575 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this 1576 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the 1577 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot 1578 /// contain non-field names. 1579 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) { 1580 while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 1581 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) || 1582 (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)) 1583 S = S->getParent(); 1584 return S; 1585 } 1586 1587 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and 1588 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of 1589 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such 1590 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place. 1591 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S, 1592 IdentifierInfo *II) { 1593 if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper")) 1594 return; 1595 ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context; 1596 1597 LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"), 1598 SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName); 1599 ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S); 1600 if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found) 1601 if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 1602 Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD)); 1603 } 1604 1605 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) { 1606 switch (Error) { 1607 case ASTContext::GE_None: 1608 return ""; 1609 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio: 1610 return "stdio.h"; 1611 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp: 1612 return "setjmp.h"; 1613 case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext: 1614 return "ucontext.h"; 1615 } 1616 llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind"); 1617 } 1618 1619 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at 1620 /// file scope. lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true 1621 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the 1622 /// built-in. 1623 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid, 1624 Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration, 1625 SourceLocation Loc) { 1626 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II); 1627 1628 Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid; 1629 1630 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 1631 QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error); 1632 if (Error) { 1633 if (ForRedeclaration) 1634 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader) 1635 << getHeaderName(Error) 1636 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1637 return nullptr; 1638 } 1639 1640 if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) { 1641 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl) 1642 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID) 1643 << R; 1644 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) && 1645 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc)) 1646 Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare) 1647 << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) 1648 << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID); 1649 } 1650 1651 DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 1652 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1653 LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl = 1654 LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc, 1655 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false); 1656 CLinkageDecl->setImplicit(); 1657 Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl); 1658 Parent = CLinkageDecl; 1659 } 1660 1661 FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context, 1662 Parent, 1663 Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1664 SC_Extern, 1665 false, 1666 /*hasPrototype=*/true); 1667 New->setImplicit(); 1668 1669 // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the 1670 // FunctionDecl. 1671 if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) { 1672 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 1673 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) { 1674 ParmVarDecl *parm = 1675 ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(), 1676 nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 1677 SC_None, nullptr); 1678 parm->setScopeInfo(0, i); 1679 Params.push_back(parm); 1680 } 1681 New->setParams(Params); 1682 } 1683 1684 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New); 1685 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S); 1686 1687 // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into. 1688 // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to 1689 // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext 1690 // entirely, but we're not there yet. 1691 DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext; 1692 CurContext = Parent; 1693 PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope); 1694 CurContext = SavedContext; 1695 return New; 1696 } 1697 1698 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration 1699 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g., 1700 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same 1701 /// entity. 1702 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context, 1703 NamedDecl *decl, 1704 LookupResult &previous){ 1705 // This is only interesting when modules are enabled. 1706 if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules) 1707 return; 1708 1709 // Empty sets are uninteresting. 1710 if (previous.empty()) 1711 return; 1712 1713 LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter(); 1714 while (filter.hasNext()) { 1715 NamedDecl *old = filter.next(); 1716 1717 // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored. 1718 if (!old->isHidden()) 1719 continue; 1720 1721 if (!old->isExternallyVisible()) 1722 filter.erase(); 1723 } 1724 1725 filter.done(); 1726 } 1727 1728 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) { 1729 QualType OldType; 1730 if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1731 OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType(); 1732 else 1733 OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old); 1734 QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1735 1736 if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 1737 // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type. 1738 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1739 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef) 1740 << Kind << NewType; 1741 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1742 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1743 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1744 return true; 1745 } 1746 1747 if (OldType != NewType && 1748 !OldType->isDependentType() && 1749 !NewType->isDependentType() && 1750 !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) { 1751 int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0; 1752 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef) 1753 << Kind << NewType << OldType; 1754 if (Old->getLocation().isValid()) 1755 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1756 New->setInvalidDecl(); 1757 return true; 1758 } 1759 return false; 1760 } 1761 1762 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the 1763 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out 1764 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting 1765 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid. 1766 /// 1767 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) { 1768 // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any 1769 // merging checks. 1770 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return; 1771 1772 // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs. 1773 // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent! 1774 if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) { 1775 const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier(); 1776 switch (TypeID->getLength()) { 1777 default: break; 1778 case 2: 1779 { 1780 if (!TypeID->isStr("id")) 1781 break; 1782 QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType(); 1783 if (!T->isPointerType()) 1784 break; 1785 if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) { 1786 QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType(); 1787 if (!PT->isStructureType()) 1788 break; 1789 } 1790 Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T); 1791 // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition. 1792 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr()); 1793 return; 1794 } 1795 case 5: 1796 if (!TypeID->isStr("Class")) 1797 break; 1798 Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1799 // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition. 1800 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr()); 1801 return; 1802 case 3: 1803 if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL")) 1804 break; 1805 Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType()); 1806 // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition. 1807 New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr()); 1808 return; 1809 } 1810 // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type. 1811 } 1812 1813 // Verify the old decl was also a type. 1814 TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>(); 1815 if (!Old) { 1816 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 1817 << New->getDeclName(); 1818 1819 NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl(); 1820 if (OldD->getLocation().isValid()) 1821 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1822 1823 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1824 } 1825 1826 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 1827 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 1828 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1829 1830 // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and 1831 // with any extensions enabled. 1832 if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New)) 1833 return; 1834 1835 // The types match. Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if 1836 // the old declaration was a typedef. 1837 if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) { 1838 New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef); 1839 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 1840 } 1841 1842 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 1843 return; 1844 1845 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 1846 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2: 1847 // In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to 1848 // redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer 1849 // to the type to which it already refers. 1850 if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)) 1851 return; 1852 1853 // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4: 1854 // In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine 1855 // any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name 1856 // to refer to the type to which it already refers. 1857 // 1858 // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the 1859 // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like: 1860 // 1861 // struct S { 1862 // typedef struct A { } A; 1863 // }; 1864 // 1865 // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which 1866 // allow the above but disallow 1867 // 1868 // struct S { 1869 // typedef int I; 1870 // typedef int I; 1871 // }; 1872 // 1873 // since that was the intent of DR56. 1874 if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) 1875 return; 1876 1877 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 1878 << New->getDeclName(); 1879 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1880 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 1881 } 1882 1883 // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11. 1884 if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11) 1885 return; 1886 1887 // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning. This warning 1888 // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with 1889 // -Wtypedef-redefinition. If either the original or the redefinition is 1890 // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC. 1891 if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() && 1892 (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) || 1893 Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation()))) 1894 return; 1895 1896 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef) 1897 << New->getDeclName(); 1898 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 1899 return; 1900 } 1901 1902 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target 1903 /// attribute. 1904 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) { 1905 const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A); 1906 const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A); 1907 for (const auto *i : D->attrs()) 1908 if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) { 1909 if (Ann) { 1910 if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation()) 1911 return true; 1912 continue; 1913 } 1914 // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check 1915 if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i)) 1916 return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind(); 1917 return true; 1918 } 1919 1920 return false; 1921 } 1922 1923 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) { 1924 if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) 1925 return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition(); 1926 if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 1927 return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined(); 1928 return true; 1929 } 1930 1931 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the 1932 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute. 1933 /// 1934 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New. 1935 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) { 1936 // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute 1937 // specifies the strictest alignment requirement. 1938 AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1939 AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr; 1940 unsigned OldAlign = 0; 1941 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1942 // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments 1943 // in a case like: 1944 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X; 1945 // template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {}; 1946 // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the 1947 // definition in such a case. 1948 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1949 return false; 1950 1951 if (I->isAlignas()) 1952 OldAlignasAttr = I; 1953 1954 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1955 if (Align > OldAlign) { 1956 OldAlign = Align; 1957 OldStrictestAlignAttr = I; 1958 } 1959 } 1960 1961 // Look for alignas attributes on New. 1962 AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr; 1963 unsigned NewAlign = 0; 1964 for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) { 1965 if (I->isAlignmentDependent()) 1966 return false; 1967 1968 if (I->isAlignas()) 1969 NewAlignasAttr = I; 1970 1971 unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context); 1972 if (Align > NewAlign) 1973 NewAlign = Align; 1974 } 1975 1976 if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1977 // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match. 1978 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but 1979 // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match 1980 // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.) 1981 1982 // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it 1983 // specifies the natural alignment for the type. 1984 if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) { 1985 QualType Ty; 1986 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New)) 1987 Ty = VD->getType(); 1988 else 1989 Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New)); 1990 1991 if (OldAlign == 0) 1992 OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1993 if (NewAlign == 0) 1994 NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty); 1995 } 1996 1997 if (OldAlign != NewAlign) { 1998 S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch) 1999 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity() 2000 << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity(); 2001 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2002 } 2003 } 2004 2005 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) { 2006 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2007 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2008 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2009 // equivalent alignment. 2010 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2011 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2012 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2013 // have no alignment specifier. 2014 S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2015 << OldAlignasAttr; 2016 S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2017 << OldAlignasAttr; 2018 } 2019 2020 bool AnyAdded = false; 2021 2022 // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment. 2023 if (OldAlign > NewAlign) { 2024 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context); 2025 Clone->setInherited(true); 2026 New->addAttr(Clone); 2027 AnyAdded = true; 2028 } 2029 2030 // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one. 2031 if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && 2032 !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) { 2033 AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context); 2034 Clone->setInherited(true); 2035 New->addAttr(Clone); 2036 AnyAdded = true; 2037 } 2038 2039 return AnyAdded; 2040 } 2041 2042 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D, 2043 const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) { 2044 InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr; 2045 unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex(); 2046 if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr)) 2047 NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(), 2048 AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(), 2049 AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(), 2050 AA->getMessage(), Override, 2051 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2052 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2053 NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2054 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2055 else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr)) 2056 NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(), 2057 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2058 else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr)) 2059 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(), 2060 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2061 else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr)) 2062 NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(), 2063 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2064 else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr)) 2065 NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(), 2066 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(), 2067 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2068 else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr)) 2069 NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(), 2070 AttrSpellingListIndex); 2071 else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr)) 2072 NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 2073 AttrSpellingListIndex, 2074 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 2075 else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr)) 2076 // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all 2077 // such attributes on a declaration at the same time. 2078 NewAttr = nullptr; 2079 else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override) 2080 NewAttr = nullptr; 2081 else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr)) 2082 NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context)); 2083 2084 if (NewAttr) { 2085 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2086 D->addAttr(NewAttr); 2087 return true; 2088 } 2089 2090 return false; 2091 } 2092 2093 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) { 2094 if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D)) 2095 return TD->getDefinition(); 2096 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) { 2097 const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition(); 2098 if (Def) 2099 return Def; 2100 return VD->getActingDefinition(); 2101 } 2102 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) { 2103 const FunctionDecl* Def; 2104 if (FD->isDefined(Def)) 2105 return Def; 2106 } 2107 return nullptr; 2108 } 2109 2110 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) { 2111 for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs()) 2112 if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind) 2113 return true; 2114 return false; 2115 } 2116 2117 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that 2118 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration. 2119 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) { 2120 if (!New->hasAttrs()) 2121 return; 2122 2123 const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old); 2124 if (!Def || Def == New) 2125 return; 2126 2127 AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs(); 2128 for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) { 2129 const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I]; 2130 2131 if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2132 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New)) 2133 S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def)); 2134 else { 2135 VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New); 2136 unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == 2137 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition 2138 ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative 2139 : diag::err_redefinition; 2140 S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName(); 2141 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2142 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 2143 } 2144 ++I; 2145 continue; 2146 } 2147 2148 if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) { 2149 // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above. 2150 if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) { 2151 ++I; 2152 continue; 2153 } 2154 } 2155 2156 if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) { 2157 ++I; 2158 continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this. 2159 } 2160 2161 if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2162 // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined. 2163 ++I; 2164 continue; 2165 } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) { 2166 if (AA->isAlignas()) { 2167 // C++11 [dcl.align]p6: 2168 // if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier, 2169 // every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an 2170 // equivalent alignment. 2171 // C11 6.7.5/7: 2172 // If the definition of an object does not have an alignment 2173 // specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also 2174 // have no alignment specifier. 2175 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition) 2176 << AA; 2177 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration) 2178 << AA; 2179 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2180 --E; 2181 continue; 2182 } 2183 } 2184 2185 S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), 2186 diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition); 2187 S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2188 NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I); 2189 --E; 2190 } 2191 } 2192 2193 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one. 2194 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old, 2195 AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) { 2196 if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 2197 UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context); 2198 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 2199 New->addAttr(NewAttr); 2200 } 2201 2202 if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs()) 2203 return; 2204 2205 // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored 2206 checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old); 2207 2208 if (!Old->hasAttrs()) 2209 return; 2210 2211 bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs(); 2212 2213 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before 2214 // we process them. 2215 if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2216 2217 for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) { 2218 bool Override = false; 2219 // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested. 2220 if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) || 2221 isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) || 2222 isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) { 2223 switch (AMK) { 2224 case AMK_None: 2225 continue; 2226 2227 case AMK_Redeclaration: 2228 break; 2229 2230 case AMK_Override: 2231 Override = true; 2232 break; 2233 } 2234 } 2235 2236 // Already handled. 2237 if (isa<UsedAttr>(I)) 2238 continue; 2239 2240 if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override)) 2241 foundAny = true; 2242 } 2243 2244 if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old)) 2245 foundAny = true; 2246 2247 if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs(); 2248 } 2249 2250 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter 2251 /// to the new one. 2252 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl, 2253 const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl, 2254 Sema &S) { 2255 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2256 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2257 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2258 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2259 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2260 if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2261 S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2262 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2263 // Find the first declaration of the parameter. 2264 // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters? 2265 const FunctionDecl *FirstFD = 2266 cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl(); 2267 const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD = 2268 FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex()); 2269 S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(), 2270 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/; 2271 } 2272 2273 if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs()) 2274 return; 2275 2276 bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs(); 2277 2278 // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is 2279 // done before we process them. 2280 if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec()); 2281 2282 for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) { 2283 if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) { 2284 InheritableAttr *newAttr = 2285 cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context)); 2286 newAttr->setInherited(true); 2287 newDecl->addAttr(newAttr); 2288 foundAny = true; 2289 } 2290 } 2291 2292 if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs(); 2293 } 2294 2295 namespace { 2296 2297 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in 2298 /// C. 2299 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning { 2300 ParmVarDecl *OldParm; 2301 ParmVarDecl *NewParm; 2302 QualType PromotedType; 2303 }; 2304 2305 } 2306 2307 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method. 2308 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 2309 if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) { 2310 if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor()) 2311 return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor; 2312 2313 if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor()) 2314 return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor; 2315 2316 if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor()) 2317 return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor; 2318 } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) { 2319 return Sema::CXXDestructor; 2320 } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) { 2321 return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment; 2322 } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) { 2323 return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment; 2324 } 2325 2326 return Sema::CXXInvalid; 2327 } 2328 2329 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit 2330 // declaration, or a declaration. 2331 template <typename T> 2332 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation> 2333 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2334 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2335 SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation(); 2336 if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2337 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition; 2338 else if (Old->isImplicit()) { 2339 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration; 2340 if (OldLocation.isInvalid()) 2341 OldLocation = New->getLocation(); 2342 } else 2343 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration; 2344 return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation); 2345 } 2346 2347 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently, 2348 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in 2349 /// GNU89 mode. 2350 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD, 2351 const LangOptions& LangOpts) { 2352 return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) && 2353 !LangOpts.CPlusPlus && 2354 FD->isInlineSpecified() && 2355 FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern); 2356 } 2357 2358 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const { 2359 const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2360 while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv()) 2361 AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>(); 2362 return AT; 2363 } 2364 2365 template <typename T> 2366 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) { 2367 const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext(); 2368 if (DC->isRecord()) 2369 return false; 2370 2371 LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage(); 2372 if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext()) 2373 return true; 2374 if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext()) 2375 return true; 2376 return false; 2377 } 2378 2379 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from 2380 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous 2381 /// declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this situation, 2382 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2383 /// 2384 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not 2385 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are 2386 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be 2387 /// merged with. 2388 /// 2389 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise. 2390 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD, 2391 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2392 // Verify the old decl was also a function. 2393 FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction(); 2394 if (!Old) { 2395 if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) { 2396 if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) { 2397 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend); 2398 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2399 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2400 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), 2401 diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2402 return true; 2403 } 2404 2405 // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14: 2406 // If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the 2407 // same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced 2408 // by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same 2409 // function, the program is ill-formed. 2410 2411 // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function. 2412 Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl()); 2413 if (Old && 2414 !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals( 2415 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) && 2416 !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC())) 2417 Old = nullptr; 2418 2419 if (!Old) { 2420 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse); 2421 Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(), 2422 diag::note_using_decl_target); 2423 Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0; 2424 return true; 2425 } 2426 OldD = Old; 2427 } else { 2428 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 2429 << New->getDeclName(); 2430 Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 2431 return true; 2432 } 2433 } 2434 2435 // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here. 2436 if (Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2437 return true; 2438 2439 diag::kind PrevDiag; 2440 SourceLocation OldLocation; 2441 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 2442 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 2443 2444 // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function 2445 // is an extern inline function. 2446 // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have 2447 // storage classes. 2448 if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) && 2449 New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 2450 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() && 2451 !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() && 2452 !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) { 2453 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 2454 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New; 2455 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2456 } else { 2457 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New; 2458 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2459 return true; 2460 } 2461 } 2462 2463 2464 // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later 2465 // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling 2466 // convention of the first. 2467 // 2468 // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention, 2469 // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention. 2470 // 2471 // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for 2472 // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written. If they are missing or 2473 // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit. 2474 // 2475 // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have 2476 // other tests to run. 2477 QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType()); 2478 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2479 const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType); 2480 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2481 FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo(); 2482 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 2483 bool RequiresAdjustment = false; 2484 2485 if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) { 2486 FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl(); 2487 const FunctionType *FT = 2488 First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>(); 2489 FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo(); 2490 bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType()); 2491 if (!NewCCExplicit) { 2492 // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified 2493 // there but not here. 2494 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC()); 2495 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2496 } else { 2497 // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain. 2498 bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType()); 2499 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change) 2500 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC()) 2501 << !FirstCCExplicit 2502 << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" : 2503 FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC())); 2504 2505 // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters. 2506 Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 2507 return true; 2508 } 2509 } 2510 2511 // FIXME: diagnose the other way around? 2512 if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2513 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true); 2514 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2515 } 2516 2517 // Merge regparm attribute. 2518 if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() || 2519 OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) { 2520 if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) { 2521 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch) 2522 << NewType->getRegParmType() 2523 << OldType->getRegParmType(); 2524 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2525 return true; 2526 } 2527 2528 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm()); 2529 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2530 } 2531 2532 // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute. 2533 if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2534 if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) { 2535 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch); 2536 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration); 2537 return true; 2538 } 2539 2540 NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true); 2541 RequiresAdjustment = true; 2542 } 2543 2544 if (RequiresAdjustment) { 2545 const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2546 AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo); 2547 New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0)); 2548 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType()); 2549 NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 2550 } 2551 2552 // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to 2553 // UndefinedButUsed. 2554 if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() && 2555 !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2556 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) && 2557 Old->isUsed(false) && 2558 !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 2559 UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(), 2560 SourceLocation())); 2561 2562 // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn 2563 // about it. 2564 if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() && 2565 Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) { 2566 UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl()); 2567 } 2568 2569 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2570 // (C++98 13.1p2): 2571 // Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded: 2572 // -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type 2573 // cannot be overloaded. 2574 2575 // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types, 2576 // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13: 2577 // Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template 2578 // with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also 2579 // use that placeholder, not a deduced type. 2580 QualType OldDeclaredReturnType = 2581 (Old->getTypeSourceInfo() 2582 ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2583 : OldType)->getReturnType(); 2584 QualType NewDeclaredReturnType = 2585 (New->getTypeSourceInfo() 2586 ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>() 2587 : NewType)->getReturnType(); 2588 QualType ResQT; 2589 if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) && 2590 !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2591 New->isLocalExternDecl())) { 2592 if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 2593 OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 2594 ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType); 2595 if (ResQT.isNull()) { 2596 if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine()) 2597 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type) 2598 << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2599 else 2600 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type) 2601 << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2602 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType() 2603 << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 2604 return true; 2605 } 2606 else 2607 NewQType = ResQT; 2608 } 2609 2610 QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType(); 2611 QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType(); 2612 if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) { 2613 // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been 2614 // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration. 2615 AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType(); 2616 if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) { 2617 New->setType( 2618 SubstAutoType(New->getType(), 2619 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2620 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2621 NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType( 2622 SubstAutoType(NewQType, 2623 OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy 2624 : OldAT->getDeducedType())); 2625 } 2626 } 2627 2628 const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old); 2629 CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New); 2630 if (OldMethod && NewMethod) { 2631 // Preserve triviality. 2632 NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial()); 2633 2634 // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope: 2635 // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected. 2636 // We don't want a redeclaration error. 2637 bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = 2638 OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 2639 NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization(); 2640 bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind(); 2641 2642 if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 2643 !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 2644 // -- Member function declarations with the same name and the 2645 // same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them 2646 // is a static member function declaration. 2647 if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) { 2648 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member); 2649 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2650 return true; 2651 } 2652 2653 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 2654 // [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the 2655 // member-specification, except that a nested class or member 2656 // class template can be declared and then later defined. 2657 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 2658 unsigned NewDiag; 2659 if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod)) 2660 NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared; 2661 else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod)) 2662 NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared; 2663 else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod)) 2664 NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared; 2665 else 2666 NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared; 2667 2668 Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag); 2669 } else { 2670 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation) 2671 << New << New->getType(); 2672 } 2673 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2674 2675 // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special 2676 // member that was initially declared implicitly. 2677 // 2678 // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order 2679 // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls. 2680 } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) { 2681 if (isFriend) { 2682 NewMethod->setImplicit(); 2683 } else { 2684 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2685 diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member) 2686 << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2687 return true; 2688 } 2689 } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) { 2690 Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(), 2691 diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member) 2692 << getSpecialMember(OldMethod); 2693 return true; 2694 } 2695 } 2696 2697 // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1: 2698 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn 2699 // attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn 2700 // attribute. 2701 const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>(); 2702 if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) { 2703 Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl); 2704 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2705 diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl); 2706 } 2707 2708 // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2: 2709 // The first declaration of a function shall specify the 2710 // carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration 2711 // of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute. 2712 const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>(); 2713 if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) { 2714 Diag(CDA->getLocation(), 2715 diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2716 Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(), 2717 diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/; 2718 } 2719 2720 // (C++98 8.3.5p3): 2721 // All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the 2722 // return type and the parameter-type-list. 2723 // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn. 2724 2725 // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it. 2726 QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType; 2727 if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) { 2728 assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0)); 2729 const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison 2730 = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true)); 2731 OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0); 2732 assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical()); 2733 } 2734 2735 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 2736 // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous 2737 // declarations of a friend function as an extension. 2738 // 2739 // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC 2740 // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language 2741 // linkage within class scope. 2742 // 2743 // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete. 2744 if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) { 2745 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New; 2746 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2747 } else { 2748 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 2749 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 2750 return true; 2751 } 2752 } 2753 2754 if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType) 2755 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2756 2757 if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) && 2758 New->isLocalExternDecl()) { 2759 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton 2760 // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types 2761 // when we instantiate the function. 2762 return false; 2763 } 2764 2765 // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions. 2766 } 2767 2768 // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles 2769 // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly. 2770 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2771 Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) { 2772 const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2773 const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>(); 2774 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr; 2775 if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) && 2776 (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) { 2777 // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the 2778 // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype. 2779 assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C"); 2780 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types()); 2781 NewQType = 2782 Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes, 2783 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()); 2784 New->setType(NewQType); 2785 New->setHasInheritedPrototype(); 2786 2787 // Synthesize parameters with the same types. 2788 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 2789 for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) { 2790 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), 2791 SourceLocation(), nullptr, 2792 ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr, 2793 SC_None, nullptr); 2794 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 2795 Param->setImplicit(); 2796 Params.push_back(Param); 2797 } 2798 2799 New->setParams(Params); 2800 } 2801 2802 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2803 } 2804 2805 // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration 2806 // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition 2807 // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the 2808 // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ 2809 // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from 2810 // the prototype. 2811 // 2812 // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition, 2813 // the K&R definition becomes variadic. This is sort of an edge case, but 2814 // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and 2815 // C99 6.9.1p8. 2816 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 2817 Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() && 2818 New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() && 2819 Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) { 2820 SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes; 2821 SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings; 2822 const FunctionProtoType *OldProto 2823 = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2824 const FunctionProtoType *NewProto 2825 = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 2826 2827 // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension. 2828 QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(), 2829 NewProto->getReturnType()); 2830 bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull(); 2831 for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams(); 2832 LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) { 2833 ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx); 2834 ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx); 2835 if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2836 NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) { 2837 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2838 } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(), 2839 NewParm->getType(), 2840 /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) { 2841 GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm, 2842 NewProto->getParamType(Idx) }; 2843 Warnings.push_back(Warn); 2844 ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType()); 2845 } else 2846 LooseCompatible = false; 2847 } 2848 2849 if (LooseCompatible) { 2850 for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) { 2851 Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(), 2852 diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype) 2853 << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType 2854 << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType(); 2855 if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid()) 2856 Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(), 2857 diag::note_previous_declaration); 2858 } 2859 2860 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 2861 New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes, 2862 OldProto->getExtProtoInfo())); 2863 return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld); 2864 } 2865 2866 // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types. 2867 } 2868 2869 // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or 2870 // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic. 2871 2872 // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin 2873 // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note. 2874 unsigned BuiltinID; 2875 if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) { 2876 // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc' 2877 // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration. 2878 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) { 2879 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New; 2880 Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration) 2881 << Old << Old->getType(); 2882 2883 // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter 2884 // about the "builtin-ness" of the function. 2885 // 2886 // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic. If 2887 // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid 2888 // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't 2889 // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is 2890 // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code. 2891 if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 2892 New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin); 2893 2894 return false; 2895 } 2896 2897 PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration; 2898 } 2899 2900 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName(); 2901 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType(); 2902 return true; 2903 } 2904 2905 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are 2906 /// known to be compatible. 2907 /// 2908 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other 2909 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to 2910 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a 2911 /// redeclaration of Old. 2912 /// 2913 /// \returns false 2914 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old, 2915 Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2916 // Merge the attributes 2917 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 2918 2919 // Merge "pure" flag. 2920 if (Old->isPure()) 2921 New->setPure(); 2922 2923 // Merge "used" flag. 2924 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 2925 New->setIsUsed(); 2926 2927 // Merge attributes from the parameters. These can mismatch with K&R 2928 // declarations. 2929 if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams()) 2930 for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) 2931 mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i), 2932 *this); 2933 2934 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 2935 return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S); 2936 2937 // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return 2938 // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl 2939 // was visible. 2940 QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType()); 2941 if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld) 2942 New->setType(Merged); 2943 2944 return false; 2945 } 2946 2947 2948 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod, 2949 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) { 2950 2951 // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable 2952 AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind = 2953 isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration 2954 : AMK_Override; 2955 mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind); 2956 2957 // Merge attributes from the parameters. 2958 ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(), 2959 oe = oldMethod->param_end(); 2960 for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator 2961 ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end(); 2962 ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi) 2963 mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this); 2964 2965 CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod); 2966 } 2967 2968 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and 2969 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to merge their types, 2970 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 2971 /// 2972 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back 2973 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer 2974 /// is attached. 2975 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old, 2976 bool MergeTypeWithOld) { 2977 if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl()) 2978 return; 2979 2980 QualType MergedT; 2981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 2982 if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 2983 // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached. 2984 return; 2985 } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) { 2986 // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked. 2987 return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old); 2988 } 2989 // C++ [basic.link]p10: 2990 // [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given 2991 // object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an 2992 // array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or 2993 // absence of a major array bound (8.3.4). 2994 else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() && 2995 New->getType()->isArrayType()) { 2996 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 2997 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 2998 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 2999 NewArray->getElementType())) 3000 MergedT = New->getType(); 3001 } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() && 3002 New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 3003 const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType()); 3004 const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType()); 3005 if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(), 3006 NewArray->getElementType())) 3007 MergedT = Old->getType(); 3008 } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 3009 Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) { 3010 MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(), 3011 Old->getType()); 3012 } 3013 } else { 3014 // C 6.2.7p2: 3015 // All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have 3016 // compatible type. 3017 MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType()); 3018 } 3019 if (MergedT.isNull()) { 3020 // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a 3021 // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class 3022 // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be 3023 // equivalent. 3024 // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this. 3025 if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() || 3026 Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3027 // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type 3028 // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we 3029 // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable. 3030 if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld) 3031 New->setType(Context.DependentTy); 3032 return; 3033 } 3034 3035 // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration 3036 // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance: 3037 // 3038 // extern int arr[]; 3039 // void f() { extern int arr[2]; } 3040 // void g() { extern int arr[3]; } 3041 // 3042 // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try 3043 // to diagnose it. 3044 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type) 3045 << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType(); 3046 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3047 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3048 } 3049 3050 // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old 3051 // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope. 3052 if (MergeTypeWithOld) 3053 New->setType(MergedT); 3054 } 3055 3056 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD, 3057 LookupResult &Previous) { 3058 // C11 6.2.7p4: 3059 // For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared 3060 // in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is 3061 // visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or 3062 // external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later 3063 // declaration becomes the composite type. 3064 // 3065 // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type. 3066 if (Previous.isShadowed()) 3067 return false; 3068 3069 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3070 // C++11 [dcl.array]p3: 3071 // If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same 3072 // scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound 3073 // is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration. 3074 return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() || 3075 (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() && 3076 !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()); 3077 } else { 3078 // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its 3079 // type unless we're in the same function. 3080 return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() || 3081 OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext(); 3082 } 3083 } 3084 3085 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name 3086 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'. Figure out how to resolve this 3087 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate. 3088 /// 3089 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by 3090 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative 3091 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached. 3092 /// 3093 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) { 3094 // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking. 3095 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3096 return; 3097 3098 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate(); 3099 3100 // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template. 3101 VarDecl *Old = nullptr; 3102 VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr; 3103 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) { 3104 if (NewTemplate) { 3105 OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3106 Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr; 3107 } else 3108 Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 3109 } 3110 if (!Old) { 3111 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) 3112 << New->getDeclName(); 3113 Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(), 3114 diag::note_previous_definition); 3115 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3116 } 3117 3118 if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New)) 3119 return; 3120 3121 // Ensure the template parameters are compatible. 3122 if (NewTemplate && 3123 !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3124 OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 3125 /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch)) 3126 return; 3127 3128 // C++ [class.mem]p1: 3129 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...] 3130 // 3131 // Here, we need only consider static data members. 3132 if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) { 3133 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member) 3134 << New->getIdentifier(); 3135 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3136 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3137 } 3138 3139 mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old); 3140 // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent 3141 // declaration 3142 if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() && 3143 Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None && 3144 !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) { 3145 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName(); 3146 Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3147 // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration. 3148 New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>(); 3149 } 3150 3151 // Merge the types. 3152 MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous)); 3153 3154 if (New->isInvalidDecl()) 3155 return; 3156 3157 diag::kind PrevDiag; 3158 SourceLocation OldLocation; 3159 std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) = 3160 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New); 3161 3162 // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static. 3163 if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static && 3164 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3165 Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) { 3166 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) { 3167 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) 3168 << New->getDeclName(); 3169 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3170 } else { 3171 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) 3172 << New->getDeclName(); 3173 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3174 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3175 } 3176 } 3177 // C99 6.2.2p4: 3178 // For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier 3179 // extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that 3180 // identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies 3181 // internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at 3182 // the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at 3183 // the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or 3184 // if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the 3185 // identifier has external linkage. 3186 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage()) 3187 /* Okay */; 3188 else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static && 3189 !New->isStaticDataMember() && 3190 Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 3191 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName(); 3192 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3193 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3194 } 3195 3196 // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa. 3197 if (New->hasExternalStorage() && 3198 !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) { 3199 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3200 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3201 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3202 } 3203 if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() && 3204 !New->hasExternalStorage()) { 3205 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName(); 3206 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3207 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3208 } 3209 3210 // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. 3211 3212 // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still 3213 // need to check for mismatches. 3214 if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() && 3215 // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members. 3216 !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() && 3217 !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) { 3218 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName(); 3219 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3220 return New->setInvalidDecl(); 3221 } 3222 3223 if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) { 3224 if (!Old->getTLSKind()) { 3225 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3226 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3227 } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) { 3228 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName(); 3229 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3230 } else { 3231 // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring 3232 // static and dynamic initialization. 3233 // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first 3234 // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here? 3235 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind) 3236 << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic); 3237 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3238 } 3239 } 3240 3241 // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here. 3242 const VarDecl *Def; 3243 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3244 New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition && 3245 (Def = Old->getDefinition())) { 3246 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New; 3247 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 3248 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3249 return; 3250 } 3251 3252 if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) { 3253 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New; 3254 Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag); 3255 New->setInvalidDecl(); 3256 return; 3257 } 3258 3259 // Merge "used" flag. 3260 if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false)) 3261 New->setIsUsed(); 3262 3263 // Keep a chain of previous declarations. 3264 New->setPreviousDecl(Old); 3265 if (NewTemplate) 3266 NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate); 3267 3268 // Inherit access appropriately. 3269 New->setAccess(Old->getAccess()); 3270 if (NewTemplate) 3271 NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess()); 3272 } 3273 3274 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3275 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. 3276 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3277 DeclSpec &DS) { 3278 return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 3279 } 3280 3281 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) { 3282 if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3283 return; 3284 3285 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) { 3286 // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if 3287 // it is anonymous. 3288 if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) 3289 return; 3290 MangleNumberingContext &MCtx = 3291 S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent()); 3292 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3293 Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3294 return; 3295 } 3296 3297 // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local. 3298 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3299 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3300 S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(), 3301 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3302 S.Context.setManglingNumber( 3303 Tag, 3304 MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3305 } 3306 } 3307 3308 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with 3309 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template 3310 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations. 3311 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS, 3312 DeclSpec &DS, 3313 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams, 3314 bool IsExplicitInstantiation) { 3315 Decl *TagD = nullptr; 3316 TagDecl *Tag = nullptr; 3317 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3318 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3319 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3320 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3321 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3322 TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl(); 3323 3324 if (!TagD) // We probably had an error 3325 return nullptr; 3326 3327 // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the 3328 // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others 3329 // it's a Type. 3330 if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD)) 3331 Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 3332 else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD)) 3333 Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 3334 } 3335 3336 if (Tag) { 3337 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 3338 Tag->setFreeStanding(); 3339 if (Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 3340 return Tag; 3341 } 3342 3343 if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3344 // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object 3345 // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified." 3346 if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3347 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3348 diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg) 3349 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3350 } 3351 3352 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) { 3353 // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations 3354 // and definitions of functions and variables. 3355 if (Tag) 3356 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag) 3357 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3358 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3359 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3360 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4); 3361 else 3362 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators); 3363 // Don't emit warnings after this error. 3364 return TagD; 3365 } 3366 3367 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 3368 3369 if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) { 3370 // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that 3371 // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect. 3372 if (TagD && !Tag) 3373 return nullptr; 3374 return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams); 3375 } 3376 3377 CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope(); 3378 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = 3379 !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0; 3380 if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() && 3381 !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) { 3382 // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a 3383 // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation 3384 // or an explicit specialization. 3385 // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either. 3386 Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier) 3387 << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3388 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3389 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 : 3390 DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4) 3391 << SS.getRange(); 3392 return nullptr; 3393 } 3394 3395 // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything. 3396 bool DeclaresAnything = true; 3397 3398 // Handle anonymous struct definitions. 3399 if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) { 3400 if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() && 3401 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 3402 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 3403 Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord()) 3404 return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3405 3406 DeclaresAnything = false; 3407 } 3408 } 3409 3410 // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member. 3411 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3412 CurContext->isRecord() && 3413 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 3414 // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct: 3415 // struct STRUCT; 3416 // and 3417 // STRUCT_TYPE; <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct. 3418 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag); 3419 if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) || 3420 (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename && 3421 DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) { 3422 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct) 3423 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3424 return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record); 3425 } 3426 } 3427 3428 // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error. 3429 if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error || 3430 (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl())) 3431 return TagD; 3432 3433 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 3434 DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3435 if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag)) 3436 if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() && 3437 !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl()) 3438 DeclaresAnything = false; 3439 3440 if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) { 3441 // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name. 3442 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3443 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name) 3444 << DS.getSourceRange(); 3445 else 3446 DeclaresAnything = false; 3447 } 3448 3449 if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() && 3450 Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 3451 Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class) 3452 << Tag->getTagKind() 3453 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 3454 3455 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 3456 3457 // C 6.7/2: 3458 // A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag, 3459 // or the members of an enumeration. 3460 // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3: 3461 // [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an 3462 // unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more 3463 // names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a 3464 // previous declaration. 3465 if (!DeclaresAnything) { 3466 // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother 3467 // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this. 3468 Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange(); 3469 return TagD; 3470 } 3471 3472 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 3473 // If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the 3474 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3475 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1: 3476 // If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the 3477 // init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty. 3478 // 3479 // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C. 3480 unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier; 3481 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3482 DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier; 3483 3484 // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but 3485 // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically 3486 // useless. 3487 if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) { 3488 if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) 3489 // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is 3490 // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error. 3491 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3492 else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 3493 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3494 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS); 3495 } 3496 3497 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 3498 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID) 3499 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 3500 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3501 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3502 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const"; 3503 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3504 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile"; 3505 // Restrict is covered above. 3506 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3507 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic"; 3508 } 3509 3510 // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example: 3511 // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A; 3512 // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration. 3513 if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) { 3514 DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType(); 3515 if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class || 3516 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct || 3517 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface || 3518 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union || 3519 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) { 3520 AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList(); 3521 while (attrs) { 3522 Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored) 3523 << attrs->getName() 3524 << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 : 3525 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 : 3526 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 : 3527 TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4); 3528 attrs = attrs->getNext(); 3529 } 3530 } 3531 } 3532 3533 return TagD; 3534 } 3535 3536 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope; 3537 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded. 3538 /// 3539 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration 3540 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef, 3541 Scope *S, 3542 DeclContext *Owner, 3543 DeclarationName Name, 3544 SourceLocation NameLoc, 3545 unsigned diagnostic) { 3546 LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName, 3547 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 3548 if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false; 3549 3550 if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) 3551 return false; 3552 3553 // Pick a representative declaration. 3554 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl(); 3555 assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl"); 3556 3557 if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S)) 3558 return false; 3559 3560 SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name; 3561 SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 3562 3563 return true; 3564 } 3565 3566 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the 3567 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner 3568 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize 3569 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or 3570 /// struct, e.g., 3571 /// 3572 /// @code 3573 /// union { 3574 /// int i; 3575 /// float f; 3576 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and 3577 /// // f into the surrounding scope.x 3578 /// @endcode 3579 /// 3580 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous 3581 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well. 3582 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S, 3583 DeclContext *Owner, 3584 RecordDecl *AnonRecord, 3585 AccessSpecifier AS, 3586 SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining, 3587 bool MSAnonStruct) { 3588 unsigned diagKind 3589 = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl 3590 : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl; 3591 3592 bool Invalid = false; 3593 3594 // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name. 3595 for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) { 3596 if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) && 3597 cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) { 3598 ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D); 3599 if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(), 3600 VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) { 3601 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3602 // The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be 3603 // distinct from the names of any other entity in the 3604 // scope in which the anonymous union is declared. 3605 Invalid = true; 3606 } else { 3607 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3608 // For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union 3609 // definition, the members of the anonymous union are 3610 // considered to have been defined in the scope in which the 3611 // anonymous union is declared. 3612 unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size(); 3613 if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD)) 3614 for (auto *PI : IF->chain()) 3615 Chaining.push_back(PI); 3616 else 3617 Chaining.push_back(VD); 3618 3619 assert(Chaining.size() >= 2); 3620 NamedDecl **NamedChain = 3621 new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()]; 3622 for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++) 3623 NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i]; 3624 3625 IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField = 3626 IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(), 3627 VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(), 3628 NamedChain, Chaining.size()); 3629 3630 IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3631 IndirectField->setImplicit(); 3632 SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S); 3633 3634 // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier. 3635 if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS); 3636 3637 Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize); 3638 } 3639 } 3640 } 3641 3642 return Invalid; 3643 } 3644 3645 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to 3646 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller: 3647 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None. 3648 static StorageClass 3649 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) { 3650 DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3651 assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef && 3652 "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl."); 3653 switch (StorageClassSpec) { 3654 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: return SC_None; 3655 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 3656 if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec()) 3657 return SC_None; 3658 return SC_Extern; 3659 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: return SC_Static; 3660 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: return SC_Auto; 3661 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: return SC_Register; 3662 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 3663 // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller. 3664 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: // Fall through. 3665 case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef: return SC_None; 3666 } 3667 llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier"); 3668 } 3669 3670 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) { 3671 assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer()); 3672 3673 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 3674 const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I); 3675 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 3676 FD = IFD->getAnonField(); 3677 if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer()) 3678 return FD->getLocation(); 3679 } 3680 3681 llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer"); 3682 } 3683 3684 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3685 SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) { 3686 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3687 return; 3688 3689 S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization); 3690 S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 3691 } 3692 3693 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent, 3694 CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) { 3695 if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer()) 3696 return; 3697 3698 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion)); 3699 } 3700 3701 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an 3702 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature 3703 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures 3704 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension. 3705 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3706 AccessSpecifier AS, 3707 RecordDecl *Record, 3708 const PrintingPolicy &Policy) { 3709 DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext(); 3710 3711 // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension. 3712 if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11) 3713 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union); 3714 else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3715 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct); 3716 else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11) 3717 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct); 3718 3719 // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous 3720 // structs/unions. 3721 bool Invalid = false; 3722 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 3723 const char *PrevSpec = nullptr; 3724 unsigned DiagID; 3725 if (Record->isUnion()) { 3726 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3727 // Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the 3728 // global namespace shall be declared static. 3729 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static && 3730 (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) || 3731 (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) && 3732 cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) { 3733 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static) 3734 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static "); 3735 3736 // Recover by adding 'static'. 3737 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(), 3738 PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy); 3739 } 3740 // C++ [class.union]p6: 3741 // A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an 3742 // anonymous union in a class scope. 3743 else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 3744 isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3745 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 3746 diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec) 3747 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 3748 3749 // Recover by removing the storage specifier. 3750 DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified, 3751 SourceLocation(), 3752 PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 3753 } 3754 } 3755 3756 // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers. 3757 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) { 3758 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const) 3759 Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3760 << Record->isUnion() << "const" 3761 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc()); 3762 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile) 3763 Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(), 3764 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3765 << Record->isUnion() << "volatile" 3766 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc()); 3767 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict) 3768 Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(), 3769 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3770 << Record->isUnion() << "restrict" 3771 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc()); 3772 if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic) 3773 Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), 3774 diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified) 3775 << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic" 3776 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc()); 3777 3778 DS.ClearTypeQualifiers(); 3779 } 3780 3781 // C++ [class.union]p2: 3782 // The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only 3783 // define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and 3784 // functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ] 3785 for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) { 3786 if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) { 3787 // C++ [class.union]p3: 3788 // An anonymous union shall not have private or protected 3789 // members (clause 11). 3790 assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none); 3791 if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) { 3792 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member) 3793 << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected); 3794 Invalid = true; 3795 } 3796 3797 // C++ [class.union]p1 3798 // An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial 3799 // copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy 3800 // assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an 3801 // array of such objects. 3802 if (CheckNontrivialField(FD)) 3803 Invalid = true; 3804 } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) { 3805 // Any implicit members are fine. 3806 } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) { 3807 // This is a type that showed up in an 3808 // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or 3809 // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the 3810 // anonymous struct or union. It's okay. 3811 } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) { 3812 if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() && 3813 MemRecord->getDeclName()) { 3814 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3815 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 3816 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3817 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3818 else { 3819 // This is a nested type declaration. 3820 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3821 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3822 Invalid = true; 3823 } 3824 } else { 3825 // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type. 3826 // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but 3827 // not part of standard C++. 3828 Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), 3829 diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type) 3830 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3831 } 3832 } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) { 3833 // Any access specifier is fine. 3834 } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) { 3835 // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine. 3836 } else { 3837 // We have something that isn't a non-static data 3838 // member. Complain about it. 3839 unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member; 3840 if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem)) 3841 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type; 3842 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem)) 3843 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function; 3844 else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem)) 3845 DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static; 3846 3847 // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union. 3848 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && 3849 DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type) 3850 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type) 3851 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3852 else { 3853 Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK) 3854 << (int)Record->isUnion(); 3855 Invalid = true; 3856 } 3857 } 3858 } 3859 3860 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 3861 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 3862 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 3863 if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() && 3864 Owner->isRecord()) 3865 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner), 3866 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)); 3867 } 3868 3869 if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) { 3870 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member) 3871 << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 3872 Invalid = true; 3873 } 3874 3875 // Mock up a declarator. 3876 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext); 3877 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3878 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union"); 3879 3880 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union. 3881 NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr; 3882 if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) { 3883 Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass, 3884 DS.getLocStart(), 3885 Record->getLocation(), 3886 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3887 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3888 TInfo, 3889 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3890 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3891 Anon->setAccess(AS); 3892 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 3893 FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon)); 3894 } else { 3895 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec(); 3896 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS); 3897 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 3898 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 3899 // an error here 3900 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 3901 Invalid = true; 3902 SC = SC_None; 3903 } 3904 3905 Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner, 3906 DS.getLocStart(), 3907 Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3908 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3909 TInfo, SC); 3910 3911 // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be 3912 // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class 3913 // initializer: 3914 // union { int n = 0; }; 3915 ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false); 3916 } 3917 Anon->setImplicit(); 3918 3919 // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type. 3920 Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true); 3921 3922 // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current 3923 // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of 3924 // its members. 3925 Owner->addDecl(Anon); 3926 3927 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning 3928 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3929 // purposes. 3930 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3931 Chain.push_back(Anon); 3932 3933 if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS, 3934 Chain, false)) 3935 Invalid = true; 3936 3937 if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) { 3938 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 3939 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 3940 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 3941 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 3942 ManglingContextDecl)) { 3943 Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 3944 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 3945 } 3946 } 3947 } 3948 3949 if (Invalid) 3950 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 3951 3952 return Anon; 3953 } 3954 3955 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an 3956 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure. 3957 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx 3958 /// Example: 3959 /// 3960 /// struct A { int a; }; 3961 /// struct B { struct A; int b; }; 3962 /// 3963 /// void foo() { 3964 /// B var; 3965 /// var.a = 3; 3966 /// } 3967 /// 3968 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS, 3969 RecordDecl *Record) { 3970 3971 // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef. 3972 if (!Record) 3973 Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl(); 3974 3975 // Mock up a declarator. 3976 Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext); 3977 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S); 3978 assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct"); 3979 3980 // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct. 3981 NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, 3982 cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext), 3983 DS.getLocStart(), 3984 DS.getLocStart(), 3985 /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr, 3986 Context.getTypeDeclType(Record), 3987 TInfo, 3988 /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false, 3989 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit); 3990 Anon->setImplicit(); 3991 3992 // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context. 3993 CurContext->addDecl(Anon); 3994 3995 // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current 3996 // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup 3997 // purposes. 3998 SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain; 3999 Chain.push_back(Anon); 4000 4001 RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition(); 4002 if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext, 4003 RecordDef, AS_none, 4004 Chain, true)) 4005 Anon->setInvalidDecl(); 4006 4007 return Anon; 4008 } 4009 4010 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the 4011 /// given Declarator. 4012 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) { 4013 return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName()); 4014 } 4015 4016 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id. 4017 DeclarationNameInfo 4018 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) { 4019 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo; 4020 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4021 4022 switch (Name.getKind()) { 4023 4024 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam: 4025 case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier: 4026 NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier); 4027 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4028 return NameInfo; 4029 4030 case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId: 4031 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName( 4032 Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator)); 4033 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4034 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc 4035 = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0]; 4036 NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc 4037 = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding(); 4038 return NameInfo; 4039 4040 case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId: 4041 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName( 4042 Name.Identifier)); 4043 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4044 NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation); 4045 return NameInfo; 4046 4047 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: { 4048 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4049 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo); 4050 if (Ty.isNull()) 4051 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4052 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName( 4053 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4054 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4055 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4056 return NameInfo; 4057 } 4058 4059 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: { 4060 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4061 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo); 4062 if (Ty.isNull()) 4063 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4064 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4065 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4066 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4067 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4068 return NameInfo; 4069 } 4070 4071 case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: { 4072 // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor 4073 // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there 4074 // to find the actual type being constructed. 4075 CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext); 4076 if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name) 4077 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4078 4079 // Determine the type of the class being constructed. 4080 QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass); 4081 4082 // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as 4083 // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name 4084 // was qualified. 4085 4086 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName( 4087 Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType))); 4088 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4089 // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo? 4090 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr); 4091 return NameInfo; 4092 } 4093 4094 case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: { 4095 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo; 4096 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo); 4097 if (Ty.isNull()) 4098 return DeclarationNameInfo(); 4099 NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 4100 Context.getCanonicalType(Ty))); 4101 NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation); 4102 NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo); 4103 return NameInfo; 4104 } 4105 4106 case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: { 4107 TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get(); 4108 SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc; 4109 return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc); 4110 } 4111 4112 } // switch (Name.getKind()) 4113 4114 llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind"); 4115 } 4116 4117 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) { 4118 do { 4119 if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType()) 4120 Ty = Ty->getPointeeType(); 4121 else if (Ty->isArrayType()) 4122 Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType(); 4123 else 4124 return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers(); 4125 } while (true); 4126 } 4127 4128 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration 4129 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is 4130 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function 4131 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace. 4132 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ 4133 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters 4134 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match. 4135 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context, 4136 FunctionDecl *Declaration, 4137 FunctionDecl *Definition, 4138 SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) { 4139 Params.clear(); 4140 if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size()) 4141 return false; 4142 for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) { 4143 QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4144 QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType(); 4145 4146 // The parameter types are identical 4147 if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy)) 4148 continue; 4149 4150 QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy); 4151 QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy); 4152 const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4153 const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier(); 4154 4155 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) || 4156 (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName)) 4157 Params.push_back(Idx); 4158 else // The two parameters aren't even close 4159 return false; 4160 } 4161 4162 return true; 4163 } 4164 4165 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given 4166 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation. 4167 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for 4168 /// consideration here. That's specifically the type in the decl spec 4169 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks. 4170 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D, 4171 DeclarationName Name) { 4172 // The types we specifically need to rebuild are: 4173 // - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes 4174 // - types which will become injected class names 4175 // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a 4176 // type. It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a 4177 // few cases here. 4178 4179 DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec(); 4180 switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) { 4181 case DeclSpec::TST_typename: 4182 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType: 4183 case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType: 4184 case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: { 4185 // Grab the type from the parser. 4186 TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr; 4187 QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI); 4188 if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break; 4189 4190 // Make sure there's a type source info. This isn't really much 4191 // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info 4192 // attached already. 4193 if (!TSI) 4194 TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc()); 4195 4196 // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation. 4197 TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name); 4198 if (!TSI) return true; 4199 4200 // Store the new type back in the decl spec. 4201 ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI); 4202 DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType); 4203 break; 4204 } 4205 4206 case DeclSpec::TST_decltype: 4207 case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: { 4208 Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr(); 4209 ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E); 4210 if (Result.isInvalid()) return true; 4211 DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get()); 4212 break; 4213 } 4214 4215 default: 4216 // Nothing to do for these decl specs. 4217 break; 4218 } 4219 4220 // It doesn't matter what order we do this in. 4221 for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 4222 DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I); 4223 4224 // The only type information in the declarator which can come 4225 // before the declaration name is the base type of a member 4226 // pointer. 4227 if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer) 4228 continue; 4229 4230 // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place. 4231 CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope(); 4232 if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS)) 4233 return true; 4234 } 4235 4236 return false; 4237 } 4238 4239 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 4240 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration); 4241 Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 4242 4243 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() && 4244 Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 4245 Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 4246 4247 return Dcl; 4248 } 4249 4250 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13: 4251 /// If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a 4252 /// name different from T: 4253 /// - every static data member of class T; 4254 /// - every member function of class T 4255 /// - every member of class T that is itself a type; 4256 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules. 4257 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC, 4258 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) { 4259 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4260 4261 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) 4262 if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) { 4263 Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name; 4264 return true; 4265 } 4266 4267 return false; 4268 } 4269 4270 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given 4271 /// nested-name-specifier. 4272 /// 4273 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4274 /// 4275 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier 4276 /// resolves. 4277 /// 4278 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared. 4279 /// 4280 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared. 4281 /// 4282 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise. 4283 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC, 4284 DeclarationName Name, 4285 SourceLocation Loc) { 4286 DeclContext *Cur = CurContext; 4287 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur)) 4288 Cur = Cur->getParent(); 4289 4290 // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the 4291 // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it. 4292 // 4293 // class X { 4294 // void X::f(); 4295 // }; 4296 // 4297 // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all 4298 // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482. 4299 if (Cur->Equals(DC)) { 4300 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4301 Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification 4302 : diag::err_member_extra_qualification) 4303 << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange()); 4304 SS.clear(); 4305 } else { 4306 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name; 4307 } 4308 return false; 4309 } 4310 4311 // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original 4312 // declaration. 4313 if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) { 4314 if (Cur->isRecord()) 4315 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4316 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4317 else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) 4318 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope) 4319 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4320 else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur)) 4321 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function) 4322 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4323 else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur)) 4324 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block) 4325 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4326 else 4327 Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope) 4328 << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange(); 4329 4330 return true; 4331 } 4332 4333 if (Cur->isRecord()) { 4334 // Cannot qualify members within a class. 4335 Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification) 4336 << Name << SS.getRange(); 4337 SS.clear(); 4338 4339 // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break 4340 // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If 4341 // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely. 4342 if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName || 4343 Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) && 4344 !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(), 4345 Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur)))) 4346 return true; 4347 4348 return false; 4349 } 4350 4351 // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1: 4352 // [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall 4353 // not begin with a decltype-specifer" 4354 NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data()); 4355 while (SpecLoc.getPrefix()) 4356 SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix(); 4357 if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>( 4358 SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType())) 4359 Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator) 4360 << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange(); 4361 4362 return false; 4363 } 4364 4365 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 4366 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) { 4367 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 4368 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 4369 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 4370 4371 // All of these full declarators require an identifier. If it doesn't have 4372 // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used. 4373 if (!Name) { 4374 if (!D.isInvalidType()) // Reject this if we think it is valid. 4375 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), 4376 diag::err_declarator_need_ident) 4377 << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange(); 4378 return nullptr; 4379 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4380 return nullptr; 4381 4382 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 4383 // we find one that is. 4384 while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 || 4385 (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0) 4386 S = S->getParent(); 4387 4388 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 4389 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid()) 4390 D.setInvalidType(); 4391 else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4392 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 4393 UPPC_DeclarationQualifier)) 4394 return nullptr; 4395 4396 bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 4397 DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext); 4398 if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) { 4399 // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the 4400 // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class, 4401 // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain 4402 // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster. 4403 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4404 diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match) 4405 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep() 4406 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4407 return nullptr; 4408 } 4409 bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext(); 4410 4411 if (!IsDependentContext && 4412 RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC)) 4413 return nullptr; 4414 4415 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) { 4416 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4417 diag::err_member_def_undefined_record) 4418 << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4419 D.setInvalidType(); 4420 } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) { 4421 if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC, 4422 Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) { 4423 if (DC->isRecord()) 4424 return nullptr; 4425 4426 D.setInvalidType(); 4427 } 4428 } 4429 4430 // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given 4431 // declaration in the current instantiation. 4432 if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext && 4433 TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) { 4434 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 4435 if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name)) 4436 D.setInvalidType(); 4437 } 4438 } 4439 4440 if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo)) 4441 // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics. 4442 // Just return early; it's safer. 4443 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4444 return nullptr; 4445 4446 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 4447 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 4448 4449 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 4450 UPPC_DeclarationType)) 4451 D.setInvalidType(); 4452 4453 LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName, 4454 ForRedeclaration); 4455 4456 // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope. 4457 if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4458 bool IsLinkageLookup = false; 4459 bool CreateBuiltins = false; 4460 4461 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function 4462 // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with 4463 // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6). 4464 // 4465 // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with 4466 // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with 4467 // the same name. 4468 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4469 /* Do nothing*/; 4470 else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() && 4471 (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern || 4472 R->isFunctionType())) { 4473 IsLinkageLookup = true; 4474 CreateBuiltins = 4475 CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit(); 4476 } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 4477 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static) 4478 CreateBuiltins = true; 4479 4480 if (IsLinkageLookup) 4481 Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage); 4482 4483 LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins); 4484 } else { // Something like "int foo::x;" 4485 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 4486 4487 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4488 // When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a 4489 // previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the 4490 // qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the 4491 // inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization 4492 // thereof; [...] 4493 // 4494 // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have 4495 // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration 4496 // we want to match. For example, given: 4497 // 4498 // class X { 4499 // void f(); 4500 // void f(float); 4501 // }; 4502 // 4503 // void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed 4504 // 4505 // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set 4506 // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them 4507 // matches. 4508 4509 // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1: 4510 // [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a 4511 // using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by 4512 // the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id. 4513 RemoveUsingDecls(Previous); 4514 } 4515 4516 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 4517 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 4518 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 4519 if (!D.isInvalidType()) 4520 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 4521 Previous.getFoundDecl()); 4522 4523 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 4524 Previous.clear(); 4525 } 4526 4527 // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type 4528 // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the 4529 // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a 4530 // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4). 4531 if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() && 4532 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) 4533 Previous.clear(); 4534 4535 // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters 4536 // of a function declaration (C++ only). 4537 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 4538 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 4539 4540 NamedDecl *New; 4541 4542 bool AddToScope = true; 4543 if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) { 4544 if (TemplateParamLists.size()) { 4545 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef); 4546 return nullptr; 4547 } 4548 4549 New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous); 4550 } else if (R->isFunctionType()) { 4551 New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, 4552 TemplateParamLists, 4553 AddToScope); 4554 } else { 4555 New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists, 4556 AddToScope); 4557 } 4558 4559 if (!New) 4560 return nullptr; 4561 4562 // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or 4563 // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack. 4564 if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope && 4565 !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) { 4566 // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first 4567 // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should 4568 // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it. 4569 bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl(); 4570 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext); 4571 if (!AddToContext) 4572 CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New); 4573 } 4574 4575 return New; 4576 } 4577 4578 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4579 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4580 /// GCC compatibility). 4581 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T, 4582 ASTContext &Context, 4583 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4584 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4585 // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant 4586 // array even when the size isn't an ICE. This is necessary 4587 // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy 4588 // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];} 4589 SizeIsNegative = false; 4590 Oversized = 0; 4591 4592 if (T->isDependentType()) 4593 return QualType(); 4594 4595 QualifierCollector Qs; 4596 const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T); 4597 4598 if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) { 4599 QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType(); 4600 QualType FixedType = 4601 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4602 Oversized); 4603 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4604 FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType); 4605 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4606 } 4607 if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) { 4608 QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType(); 4609 QualType FixedType = 4610 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative, 4611 Oversized); 4612 if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType; 4613 FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType); 4614 return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType); 4615 } 4616 4617 const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T); 4618 if (!VLATy) 4619 return QualType(); 4620 // FIXME: We should probably handle this case 4621 if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) 4622 return QualType(); 4623 4624 llvm::APSInt Res; 4625 if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() || 4626 !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context)) 4627 return QualType(); 4628 4629 // Check whether the array size is negative. 4630 if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) { 4631 SizeIsNegative = true; 4632 return QualType(); 4633 } 4634 4635 // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed. 4636 unsigned ActiveSizeBits 4637 = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(), 4638 Res); 4639 if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) { 4640 Oversized = Res; 4641 return QualType(); 4642 } 4643 4644 return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(), 4645 Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0); 4646 } 4647 4648 static void 4649 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) { 4650 if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) { 4651 PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>(); 4652 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(), 4653 DstPTL.getPointeeLoc()); 4654 DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc()); 4655 return; 4656 } 4657 if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) { 4658 ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>(); 4659 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(), 4660 DstPTL.getInnerLoc()); 4661 DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc()); 4662 DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc()); 4663 return; 4664 } 4665 ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4666 ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>(); 4667 TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc(); 4668 TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc(); 4669 DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL); 4670 DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc()); 4671 DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr()); 4672 DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc()); 4673 } 4674 4675 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array 4676 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for 4677 /// GCC compatibility). 4678 static TypeSourceInfo* 4679 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 4680 ASTContext &Context, 4681 bool &SizeIsNegative, 4682 llvm::APSInt &Oversized) { 4683 QualType FixedTy 4684 = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context, 4685 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 4686 if (FixedTy.isNull()) 4687 return nullptr; 4688 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy); 4689 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(), 4690 FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc()); 4691 return FixedTInfo; 4692 } 4693 4694 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so 4695 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C" 4696 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just 4697 /// function-scope declarations. 4698 void 4699 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) { 4700 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 4701 ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 4702 // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C. 4703 return; 4704 4705 // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name. 4706 // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked 4707 // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C. 4708 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND; 4709 } 4710 4711 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) { 4712 if (ExternalSource) { 4713 // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source. 4714 // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls? 4715 SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls; 4716 ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls); 4717 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) { 4718 llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos 4719 = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName()); 4720 if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end()) 4721 LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I]; 4722 } 4723 } 4724 4725 NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name); 4726 return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr; 4727 } 4728 4729 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that 4730 /// does not identify a function. 4731 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) { 4732 // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid 4733 // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;" 4734 if (DS.isInlineSpecified()) 4735 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), 4736 diag::err_inline_non_function); 4737 4738 if (DS.isVirtualSpecified()) 4739 Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(), 4740 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 4741 4742 if (DS.isExplicitSpecified()) 4743 Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(), 4744 diag::err_explicit_non_function); 4745 4746 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) 4747 Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 4748 diag::err_noreturn_non_function); 4749 } 4750 4751 NamedDecl* 4752 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC, 4753 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) { 4754 // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 4755 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 4756 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator) 4757 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 4758 D.setInvalidType(); 4759 // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier. 4760 DC = CurContext; 4761 Previous.clear(); 4762 } 4763 4764 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 4765 4766 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 4767 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 4768 << 1; 4769 4770 if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) { 4771 Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier) 4772 << D.getName().getSourceRange(); 4773 return nullptr; 4774 } 4775 4776 TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo); 4777 if (!NewTD) return nullptr; 4778 4779 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 4780 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D); 4781 4782 CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD); 4783 4784 bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration(); 4785 NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration); 4786 D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration); 4787 return ND; 4788 } 4789 4790 void 4791 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) { 4792 // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type 4793 // then it shall have block scope. 4794 // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so 4795 // that redeclarations will match. 4796 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 4797 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 4798 if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 4799 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 4800 4801 if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 4802 bool SizeIsNegative; 4803 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 4804 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 4805 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 4806 SizeIsNegative, 4807 Oversized); 4808 if (FixedTInfo) { 4809 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 4810 NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 4811 } else { 4812 if (SizeIsNegative) 4813 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 4814 else if (T->isVariableArrayType()) 4815 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope); 4816 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 4817 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large) 4818 << Oversized.toString(10); 4819 else 4820 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 4821 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 4822 } 4823 } 4824 } 4825 } 4826 4827 4828 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which 4829 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via 4830 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'. 4831 NamedDecl* 4832 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD, 4833 LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) { 4834 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is 4835 // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing. 4836 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false, 4837 /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false); 4838 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous); 4839 if (!Previous.empty()) { 4840 Redeclaration = true; 4841 MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous); 4842 } 4843 4844 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 4845 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier()) 4846 if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() && 4847 NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 4848 if (II->isStr("FILE")) 4849 Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD); 4850 else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf")) 4851 Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4852 else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf")) 4853 Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD); 4854 else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t")) 4855 Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD); 4856 } 4857 4858 return NewTD; 4859 } 4860 4861 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope 4862 /// previous declaration. 4863 /// 4864 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a 4865 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a 4866 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new 4867 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with 4868 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99 4869 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6). 4870 /// 4871 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name 4872 /// lookup 4873 /// 4874 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being 4875 /// declared. 4876 /// 4877 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration 4878 /// for a new delcaration with the same name. 4879 static bool 4880 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC, 4881 ASTContext &Context) { 4882 if (!PrevDecl) 4883 return false; 4884 4885 if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage()) 4886 return false; 4887 4888 if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 4889 // C++ [basic.link]p6: 4890 // If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage 4891 // having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared 4892 // outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block 4893 // scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the 4894 // linkage of the previous declaration. 4895 DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext(); 4896 if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 4897 // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations. 4898 return false; 4899 4900 DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext(); 4901 if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord()) 4902 // We found a member function: ignore it. 4903 return false; 4904 4905 // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and 4906 // previous declarations. 4907 OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4908 PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 4909 4910 // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it 4911 // isn't the same function. 4912 if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext)) 4913 return false; 4914 } 4915 4916 return true; 4917 } 4918 4919 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) { 4920 CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec(); 4921 if (!SS.isSet()) return; 4922 DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext())); 4923 } 4924 4925 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) { 4926 QualType type = decl->getType(); 4927 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime(); 4928 if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) { 4929 // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing. 4930 unsigned kind = -1U; 4931 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4932 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 4933 kind = 0; // __block 4934 else if (!var->hasLocalStorage()) 4935 kind = 1; // global 4936 } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) { 4937 kind = 3; // ivar 4938 } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) { 4939 kind = 2; // field 4940 } 4941 4942 if (kind != -1U) { 4943 Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var) 4944 << kind; 4945 } 4946 } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) { 4947 // Try to infer lifetime. 4948 if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType()) 4949 return false; 4950 4951 lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 4952 type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime); 4953 decl->setType(type); 4954 } 4955 4956 if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) { 4957 // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime. 4958 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone && 4959 var->getTLSKind()) { 4960 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership) 4961 << var->getType(); 4962 return true; 4963 } 4964 } 4965 4966 return false; 4967 } 4968 4969 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) { 4970 // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache 4971 // the wrong linkage. 4972 assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0); 4973 4974 // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage. 4975 if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) { 4976 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4977 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static); 4978 ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>(); 4979 } 4980 } 4981 if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) { 4982 if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4983 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static); 4984 ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>(); 4985 } 4986 } 4987 4988 // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations. 4989 // It does not apply to functions. 4990 if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) { 4991 if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 4992 S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data); 4993 ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>(); 4994 } 4995 } 4996 4997 // dll attributes require external linkage. 4998 if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 4999 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5000 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5001 << &ND << Attr; 5002 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5003 } 5004 } 5005 if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) { 5006 if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) { 5007 S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern) 5008 << &ND << Attr; 5009 ND.setInvalidDecl(); 5010 } 5011 } 5012 } 5013 5014 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl, 5015 NamedDecl *NewDecl, 5016 bool IsSpecialization) { 5017 if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) 5018 OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5019 if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl)) 5020 NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl(); 5021 5022 if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl) 5023 return; 5024 5025 const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5026 const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5027 const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5028 const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>(); 5029 5030 // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude 5031 // inherited attribute instances. 5032 bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) || 5033 (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited()); 5034 5035 // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute, 5036 // the only exception being explicit specializations. 5037 // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there 5038 // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport. 5039 bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr; 5040 if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) { 5041 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration) 5042 << NewDecl 5043 << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr); 5044 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5045 NewDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 5046 return; 5047 } 5048 5049 // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only 5050 // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations, 5051 // and qualified friend declarations. 5052 // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport. 5053 bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false; 5054 if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl)) 5055 // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed 5056 // separately. 5057 IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember(); 5058 else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) { 5059 IsInline = FD->isInlined(); 5060 IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() && 5061 FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared; 5062 } 5063 5064 if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember && 5065 !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) { 5066 S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), 5067 diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored) 5068 << NewDecl << OldImportAttr; 5069 S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5070 S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute); 5071 OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5072 NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>(); 5073 } 5074 } 5075 5076 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function, 5077 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the 5078 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes? 5079 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) { 5080 // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction. 5081 5082 // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword. 5083 if (!FD->isInlined()) return false; 5084 5085 // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute. 5086 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) 5087 return false; 5088 5089 // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function. 5090 5091 #ifndef NDEBUG 5092 // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function 5093 // definition. We don't really have a way to tell it that we're 5094 // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts 5095 // builds. This is an awful hack. 5096 FD->setLazyBody(1); 5097 #endif 5098 5099 bool isC99Inline = 5100 S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally; 5101 5102 #ifndef NDEBUG 5103 FD->setLazyBody(0); 5104 #endif 5105 5106 return isC99Inline; 5107 } 5108 5109 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching 5110 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that 5111 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally 5112 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer. 5113 /// 5114 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a 5115 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration. 5116 /// 5117 /// For instance: 5118 /// 5119 /// auto x = []{}; 5120 /// 5121 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally 5122 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage. 5123 /// 5124 /// FIXME: This is a hack. 5125 template<typename T> 5126 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) { 5127 if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5128 // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C". 5129 if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) 5130 return false; 5131 } 5132 return D->isExternC(); 5133 } 5134 5135 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) { 5136 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5137 if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5138 return VD->hasExternalStorage(); 5139 if (DC->isFileContext()) 5140 return true; 5141 if (DC->isRecord()) 5142 return false; 5143 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5144 } 5145 5146 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) { 5147 const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 5148 if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5149 return true; 5150 if (DC->isRecord()) 5151 return false; 5152 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context"); 5153 } 5154 5155 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList, 5156 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5157 for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext()) 5158 if (L->getKind() == Kind) 5159 return true; 5160 return false; 5161 } 5162 5163 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD, 5164 AttributeList::Kind Kind) { 5165 // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec. 5166 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind)) 5167 return true; 5168 5169 // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type 5170 // position to the decl itself. 5171 for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) { 5172 if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind)) 5173 return true; 5174 } 5175 5176 // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself. 5177 return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind); 5178 } 5179 5180 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a 5181 /// function-local external declaration. 5182 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) { 5183 if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5184 return false; 5185 5186 // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function 5187 // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is 5188 // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now. 5189 if (DC->isDependentContext()) 5190 return true; 5191 5192 // C++11 [basic.link]p7: 5193 // When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to 5194 // refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the 5195 // innermost enclosing namespace. 5196 // 5197 // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a 5198 // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one. 5199 while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 5200 DC = DC->getParent(); 5201 return true; 5202 } 5203 5204 NamedDecl * 5205 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 5206 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 5207 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 5208 bool &AddToScope) { 5209 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 5210 DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 5211 5212 DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec(); 5213 VarDecl::StorageClass SC = 5214 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec()); 5215 5216 // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We 5217 // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext. 5218 if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() && 5219 hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) && 5220 !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport)) 5221 SC = SC_Extern; 5222 5223 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 5224 bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern && 5225 adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 5226 5227 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5228 // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed. 5229 QualType NR = R; 5230 while (NR->isPointerType()) { 5231 if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) { 5232 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable); 5233 D.setInvalidType(); 5234 break; 5235 } 5236 NR = NR->getPointeeType(); 5237 } 5238 5239 if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) { 5240 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and 5241 // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled). 5242 if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) { 5243 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R; 5244 D.setInvalidType(); 5245 } 5246 } 5247 } 5248 5249 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) { 5250 // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always 5251 // an error here 5252 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember); 5253 D.setInvalidType(); 5254 SC = SC_None; 5255 } 5256 5257 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register && 5258 !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro( 5259 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) { 5260 // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated. 5261 // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some 5262 // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro. 5263 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5264 diag::warn_deprecated_register) 5265 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5266 } 5267 5268 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 5269 if (!II) { 5270 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name) 5271 << Name; 5272 return nullptr; 5273 } 5274 5275 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 5276 5277 if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) { 5278 // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not 5279 // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration. 5280 // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support. 5281 if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) { 5282 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope); 5283 D.setInvalidType(); 5284 } 5285 } 5286 5287 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 5288 // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the 5289 // OpenCL __local address space. 5290 if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) { 5291 SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal; 5292 } 5293 5294 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4: 5295 // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address 5296 // space qualifiers. 5297 if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local || 5298 R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) { 5299 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace); 5300 } 5301 5302 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r: 5303 // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable. 5304 // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global 5305 // address space qualifiers. 5306 if (R->isEventT()) { 5307 if (S->getParent() == nullptr) { 5308 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var); 5309 D.setInvalidType(); 5310 } 5311 5312 if (R.getAddressSpace()) { 5313 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual); 5314 D.setInvalidType(); 5315 } 5316 } 5317 } 5318 5319 bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false; 5320 bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false; 5321 bool IsPartialSpecialization = false; 5322 bool IsVariableTemplate = false; 5323 VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr; 5324 VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr; 5325 TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr; 5326 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5327 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5328 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 5329 R, TInfo, SC); 5330 5331 if (D.isInvalidType()) 5332 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5333 } else { 5334 bool Invalid = false; 5335 5336 if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) { 5337 // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member. 5338 switch (SC) { 5339 case SC_None: 5340 break; 5341 case SC_Static: 5342 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5343 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 5344 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5345 break; 5346 case SC_Auto: 5347 case SC_Register: 5348 case SC_Extern: 5349 // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only 5350 // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters. 5351 // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration 5352 // of class members 5353 5354 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5355 diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member) 5356 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 5357 break; 5358 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5359 llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!"); 5360 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5361 llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!"); 5362 } 5363 } 5364 5365 if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) { 5366 if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) { 5367 if (RD->isLocalClass()) 5368 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5369 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class) 5370 << Name << RD->getDeclName(); 5371 5372 // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member, 5373 // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction. 5374 if (RD->isUnion()) 5375 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5376 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 5377 ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union 5378 : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name; 5379 // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs. 5380 else if (!RD->getDeclName()) 5381 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5382 diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct) 5383 << Name << RD->isUnion(); 5384 } 5385 } 5386 5387 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 5388 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 5389 TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 5390 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5391 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 5392 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 5393 ? D.getName().TemplateId 5394 : nullptr, 5395 TemplateParamLists, 5396 /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid); 5397 5398 if (TemplateParams) { 5399 if (!TemplateParams->size() && 5400 D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5401 // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain 5402 // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable. 5403 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5404 diag::err_template_variable_noparams) 5405 << II 5406 << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), 5407 TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc()); 5408 TemplateParams = nullptr; 5409 } else { 5410 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 5411 // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization. 5412 // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here. 5413 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true; 5414 IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0; 5415 } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) 5416 // This is a template declaration. 5417 IsVariableTemplate = true; 5418 5419 // Check that we can declare a template here. 5420 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 5421 return nullptr; 5422 5423 // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651). 5424 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 5425 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y 5426 ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template 5427 : diag::ext_variable_template); 5428 } 5429 } 5430 } else { 5431 assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId && 5432 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 5433 } 5434 5435 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) { 5436 SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc = 5437 TemplateParamLists.size() > 0 5438 ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc() 5439 : SourceLocation(); 5440 DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization( 5441 S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC, 5442 IsPartialSpecialization); 5443 if (Res.isInvalid()) 5444 return nullptr; 5445 NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get()); 5446 AddToScope = false; 5447 } else 5448 NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(), 5449 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC); 5450 5451 // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such. 5452 if (IsVariableTemplate) { 5453 NewTemplate = 5454 VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, 5455 TemplateParams, NewVD); 5456 NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate); 5457 } 5458 5459 // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the 5460 // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer. 5461 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType()) 5462 ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD); 5463 5464 if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) { 5465 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5466 if (NewTemplate) 5467 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5468 } 5469 5470 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D); 5471 5472 // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to 5473 // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them. 5474 unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0; 5475 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists) 5476 NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo( 5477 Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists, 5478 TemplateParamLists.data()); 5479 5480 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 5481 NewVD->setConstexpr(true); 5482 } 5483 5484 // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the 5485 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 5486 NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5487 if (NewTemplate) 5488 NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 5489 5490 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 5491 NewVD->setLocalExternDecl(); 5492 5493 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) { 5494 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) { 5495 // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4: 5496 // When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the 5497 // storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear 5498 // explicitly. 5499 // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared 5500 // 'extern'. 5501 if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified && 5502 TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local && 5503 DC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 5504 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5505 else 5506 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5507 diag::err_thread_non_global) 5508 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 5509 } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported()) 5510 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5511 diag::err_thread_unsupported); 5512 else 5513 NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS); 5514 } 5515 5516 // C99 6.7.4p3 5517 // An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall 5518 // not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or 5519 // thread storage duration... 5520 // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined 5521 // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'. Note 5522 // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to 5523 // be marked 'static'. Also note that it's possible to get these 5524 // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)). 5525 if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5526 !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) { 5527 FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl(); 5528 if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) { 5529 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 5530 diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline); 5531 MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD); 5532 } 5533 } 5534 5535 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 5536 if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5537 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5538 << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0) 5539 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 5540 D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5541 else if (IsExplicitSpecialization) 5542 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 5543 << 2 5544 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5545 else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) 5546 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 5547 << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName() 5548 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 5549 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 5550 else { 5551 NewVD->setModulePrivate(); 5552 if (NewTemplate) 5553 NewTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 5554 } 5555 } 5556 5557 // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl 5558 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D); 5559 5560 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) { 5561 // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static 5562 // storage [duration]." 5563 if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr && 5564 (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() || 5565 NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) { 5566 NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static); 5567 } 5568 } 5569 5570 // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as 5571 // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can 5572 // check the VarDecl itself. 5573 assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() || 5574 NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() || 5575 NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None); 5576 5577 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of 5578 // retainable type. 5579 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD)) 5580 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5581 5582 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 5583 if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) { 5584 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 5585 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 5586 StringRef Label = SE->getString(); 5587 if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) { 5588 switch (SC) { 5589 case SC_None: 5590 case SC_Auto: 5591 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label; 5592 break; 5593 case SC_Register: 5594 // Local Named register 5595 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5596 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5597 break; 5598 case SC_Static: 5599 case SC_Extern: 5600 case SC_PrivateExtern: 5601 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 5602 break; 5603 } 5604 } else if (SC == SC_Register) { 5605 // Global Named register 5606 if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label)) 5607 Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label; 5608 if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) { 5609 Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type); 5610 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true); 5611 } 5612 } 5613 5614 NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), 5615 Context, Label, 0)); 5616 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 5617 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 5618 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier()); 5619 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 5620 NewVD->addAttr(I->second); 5621 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 5622 } 5623 } 5624 5625 // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope. 5626 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty()) 5627 CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous); 5628 5629 // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different 5630 // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new 5631 // declaration has linkage). 5632 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD), 5633 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 5634 IsExplicitSpecialization || 5635 IsVariableTemplateSpecialization); 5636 5637 // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This 5638 // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3. 5639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 5640 NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage()) 5641 NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope( 5642 Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() && 5643 isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false)); 5644 5645 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5646 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5647 } else { 5648 // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it. 5649 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5650 CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous)) 5651 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5652 5653 // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. 5654 if (!Previous.empty()) { 5655 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 5656 isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) && 5657 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5658 // The user tried to define a non-static data member 5659 // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 5660 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line) 5661 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5662 Previous.clear(); 5663 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5664 } 5665 } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 5666 // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope. 5667 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member) 5668 << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true) 5669 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 5670 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5671 } 5672 5673 if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) 5674 D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous)); 5675 5676 if (NewTemplate) { 5677 VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate = 5678 NewVD->getPreviousDecl() 5679 ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate() 5680 : nullptr; 5681 5682 // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly 5683 // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable 5684 // template declaration. 5685 if (CheckTemplateParameterList( 5686 TemplateParams, 5687 PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 5688 : nullptr, 5689 (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() && 5690 DC->isDependentContext()) 5691 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 5692 : TPC_VarTemplate)) 5693 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5694 5695 // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable 5696 // template, make a note of that. 5697 if (PrevVarTemplate && 5698 PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) 5699 PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization(); 5700 } 5701 } 5702 5703 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD); 5704 5705 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 5706 // the map of such variables. 5707 if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() && 5708 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD)) 5709 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S); 5710 5711 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5712 Decl *ManglingContextDecl; 5713 if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx = 5714 getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(), 5715 ManglingContextDecl)) { 5716 Context.setManglingNumber( 5717 NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber())); 5718 Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD)); 5719 } 5720 } 5721 5722 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 5723 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 5724 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD, 5725 IsExplicitSpecialization); 5726 } 5727 5728 if (NewTemplate) { 5729 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5730 NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 5731 ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate); 5732 return NewTemplate; 5733 } 5734 5735 return NewVD; 5736 } 5737 5738 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing. Implements 5739 /// -Wshadow. 5740 /// 5741 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful" 5742 /// scope. 5743 /// 5744 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared 5745 /// \param R the lookup of the name 5746 /// 5747 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) { 5748 // Return if warning is ignored. 5749 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc())) 5750 return; 5751 5752 // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope. 5753 if (D->hasGlobalStorage()) 5754 return; 5755 5756 DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext(); 5757 5758 // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable. 5759 if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found) 5760 return; 5761 5762 NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 5763 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5764 return; 5765 5766 // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods. 5767 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5768 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC)) 5769 if (MD->isStatic()) 5770 return; 5771 5772 if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5773 if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) { 5774 // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global 5775 // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration. 5776 for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls()) 5777 if (I->isFileVarDecl()) { 5778 ShadowedDecl = I; 5779 break; 5780 } 5781 } 5782 5783 DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext(); 5784 5785 // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members. 5786 if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) { 5787 // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members. 5788 if (!OldDC->isRecord()) 5789 return; 5790 5791 // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing 5792 // static data members from base classes? 5793 5794 // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members. 5795 // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the 5796 // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative. 5797 } 5798 5799 // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing. 5800 unsigned Kind; 5801 if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) { 5802 if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl)) 5803 Kind = 3; // field 5804 else 5805 Kind = 2; // static data member 5806 } else if (OldDC->isFileContext()) 5807 Kind = 1; // global 5808 else 5809 Kind = 0; // local 5810 5811 DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName(); 5812 5813 // Emit warning and note. 5814 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc())) 5815 return; 5816 Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC; 5817 Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 5818 } 5819 5820 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup. 5821 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) { 5822 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation())) 5823 return; 5824 5825 LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(), 5826 Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration); 5827 LookupName(R, S); 5828 CheckShadow(S, D, R); 5829 } 5830 5831 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and 5832 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++. 5833 template<typename T> 5834 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict( 5835 Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) { 5836 assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\""); 5837 NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName()); 5838 5839 if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5840 // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C" 5841 // declaration. 5842 return false; 5843 } 5844 5845 if (Prev) { 5846 if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) { 5847 // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a 5848 // redeclaration. 5849 Previous.clear(); 5850 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5851 return true; 5852 } 5853 5854 // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous 5855 // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable 5856 // declaration. 5857 if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND)) 5858 return false; 5859 } else { 5860 // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the 5861 // translation unit which might conflict. 5862 if (IsGlobal) { 5863 // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit. 5864 IsGlobal = false; 5865 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 5866 I != E; ++I) { 5867 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5868 Prev = *I; 5869 break; 5870 } 5871 } 5872 } else { 5873 DeclContext::lookup_result R = 5874 S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName()); 5875 for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end(); 5876 I != E; ++I) { 5877 if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) { 5878 Prev = *I; 5879 break; 5880 } 5881 // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope, 5882 // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the 5883 // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name 5884 // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a 5885 // diagnostic. 5886 } 5887 } 5888 5889 if (!Prev) 5890 return false; 5891 } 5892 5893 // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which 5894 // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec. 5895 assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose"); 5896 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev)) 5897 Prev = FD->getFirstDecl(); 5898 else 5899 Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl(); 5900 5901 S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict) 5902 << IsGlobal << ND; 5903 S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict) 5904 << IsGlobal; 5905 return false; 5906 } 5907 5908 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true 5909 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity. 5910 /// 5911 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6: 5912 /// Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage 5913 /// with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same 5914 /// [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with 5915 /// the same name as an entity in global scope. 5916 template<typename T> 5917 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND, 5918 LookupResult &Previous) { 5919 if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 5920 // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern' 5921 // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because 5922 // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext. 5923 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 5924 if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) { 5925 Previous.clear(); 5926 Previous.addDecl(Prev); 5927 return true; 5928 } 5929 } 5930 return false; 5931 } 5932 5933 // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C" 5934 // declaration. 5935 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) 5936 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous); 5937 5938 // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the 5939 // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration 5940 // in another scope. 5941 if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND)) 5942 return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous); 5943 5944 // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do. 5945 return false; 5946 } 5947 5948 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) { 5949 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 5950 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 5951 return; 5952 5953 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo(); 5954 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 5955 5956 // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached. 5957 if (T->isUndeducedType()) 5958 return; 5959 5960 if (NewVD->hasAttrs()) 5961 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD); 5962 5963 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 5964 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 5965 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*"); 5966 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 5967 NewVD->setType(T); 5968 } 5969 5970 // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage. 5971 // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not 5972 // automatic variables that point to other address spaces. 5973 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2 5974 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 5975 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl); 5976 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5977 return; 5978 } 5979 5980 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the 5981 // __constant address space. 5982 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl() 5983 && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant 5984 && !T->isSamplerT()){ 5985 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space); 5986 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5987 return; 5988 } 5989 5990 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program 5991 // scope. 5992 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 5993 && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) { 5994 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope); 5995 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 5996 return; 5997 } 5998 5999 if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak() 6000 && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6001 if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC) 6002 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local); 6003 else { 6004 assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount); 6005 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local); 6006 } 6007 } 6008 6009 bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType(); 6010 if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() || 6011 NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 6012 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 6013 6014 if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) || 6015 (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) { 6016 bool SizeIsNegative; 6017 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 6018 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 6019 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 6020 SizeIsNegative, Oversized); 6021 if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) { 6022 const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T); 6023 // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for 6024 // int a[10][n]; 6025 SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange(); 6026 6027 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6028 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope) 6029 << SizeRange; 6030 else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal()) 6031 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage) 6032 << SizeRange; 6033 else 6034 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage) 6035 << SizeRange; 6036 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6037 return; 6038 } 6039 6040 if (!FixedTInfo) { 6041 if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl()) 6042 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope); 6043 else 6044 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage); 6045 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6046 return; 6047 } 6048 6049 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 6050 NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType()); 6051 NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo); 6052 } 6053 6054 if (T->isVoidType()) { 6055 // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names 6056 // of objects and functions. 6057 if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6058 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type) 6059 << T; 6060 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6061 return; 6062 } 6063 } 6064 6065 if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6066 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 6067 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6068 return; 6069 } 6070 6071 if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 6072 Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm); 6073 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6074 return; 6075 } 6076 6077 if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() && 6078 RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T, 6079 diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) { 6080 NewVD->setInvalidDecl(); 6081 return; 6082 } 6083 } 6084 6085 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable 6086 /// declaration. 6087 /// 6088 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a 6089 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to 6090 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators 6091 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables 6092 /// that have been instantiated from a template. 6093 /// 6094 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered. 6095 /// 6096 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration. 6097 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) { 6098 CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD); 6099 6100 // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it. 6101 if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl()) 6102 return false; 6103 6104 // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible 6105 // extern "C" declaration with the same name. 6106 if (Previous.empty() && 6107 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous)) 6108 Previous.setShadowed(); 6109 6110 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 6111 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous); 6112 6113 if (!Previous.empty()) { 6114 MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous); 6115 return true; 6116 } 6117 return false; 6118 } 6119 6120 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod 6121 struct FindOverriddenMethodData { 6122 Sema *S; 6123 CXXMethodDecl *Method; 6124 }; 6125 6126 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++ 6127 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with 6128 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases(). 6129 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier, 6130 CXXBasePath &Path, 6131 void *UserData) { 6132 RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6133 6134 FindOverriddenMethodData *Data 6135 = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData); 6136 6137 DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName(); 6138 6139 // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too? 6140 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6141 // We really want to find the base class destructor here. 6142 QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord); 6143 CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T); 6144 6145 Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT); 6146 } 6147 6148 for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name); 6149 !Path.Decls.empty(); 6150 Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) { 6151 NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front(); 6152 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) { 6153 if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false)) 6154 return true; 6155 } 6156 } 6157 6158 return false; 6159 } 6160 6161 namespace { 6162 enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted }; 6163 } 6164 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant 6165 /// overriden methods. 6166 /// 6167 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report. 6168 /// \param MD the overriding method. 6169 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes. 6170 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD, 6171 OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) { 6172 S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName(); 6173 for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(), 6174 E = MD->end_overridden_methods(); 6175 I != E; ++I) { 6176 // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but 6177 // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing 6178 // out the diag loop 3 times. 6179 if ((OEK == OEK_All) || 6180 (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) || 6181 (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted())) 6182 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 6183 } 6184 } 6185 6186 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes, 6187 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it. 6188 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) { 6189 // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override. 6190 CXXBasePaths Paths; 6191 FindOverriddenMethodData Data; 6192 Data.Method = MD; 6193 Data.S = this; 6194 bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6195 bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false; 6196 bool AddedAny = false; 6197 if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) { 6198 for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) { 6199 if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) { 6200 MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl()); 6201 if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) && 6202 !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) && 6203 !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) && 6204 !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) { 6205 hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted(); 6206 hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted(); 6207 AddedAny = true; 6208 } 6209 } 6210 } 6211 } 6212 6213 if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) { 6214 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted); 6215 } 6216 if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) { 6217 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted); 6218 } 6219 6220 return AddedAny; 6221 } 6222 6223 namespace { 6224 // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by 6225 // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator. 6226 struct ActOnFDArgs { 6227 Scope *S; 6228 Declarator &D; 6229 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists; 6230 bool AddToScope; 6231 }; 6232 } 6233 6234 namespace { 6235 6236 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance. 6237 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl. 6238 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback { 6239 public: 6240 DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD, 6241 CXXRecordDecl *Parent) 6242 : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD), 6243 ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {} 6244 6245 bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override { 6246 if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0) 6247 return false; 6248 6249 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6250 for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(), 6251 CDeclEnd = candidate.end(); 6252 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6253 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6254 6255 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6256 hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6257 if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) { 6258 CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent(); 6259 if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent) 6260 return true; 6261 } else if (!ExpectedParent) { 6262 return true; 6263 } 6264 } 6265 } 6266 6267 return false; 6268 } 6269 6270 private: 6271 ASTContext &Context; 6272 FunctionDecl *OriginalFD; 6273 CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent; 6274 }; 6275 6276 } 6277 6278 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration. 6279 /// 6280 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid 6281 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations 6282 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with 6283 /// the same name. 6284 /// 6285 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in 6286 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors. 6287 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 6288 Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 6289 ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) { 6290 DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName(); 6291 DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext(); 6292 SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams; 6293 SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches; 6294 TypoCorrection Correction; 6295 bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition(); 6296 unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend 6297 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match; 6298 LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(), 6299 IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName 6300 : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, 6301 Sema::ForRedeclaration); 6302 6303 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6304 if (IsLocalFriend) 6305 SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S); 6306 else 6307 SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC); 6308 assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() && 6309 "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup"); 6310 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 6311 DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD, 6312 MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr); 6313 if (!Prev.empty()) { 6314 for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end(); 6315 Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) { 6316 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func); 6317 if (FD && 6318 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6319 // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't 6320 // involve a parameter 6321 unsigned ParamNum = 6322 MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1; 6323 NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum)); 6324 } 6325 } 6326 // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction 6327 } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo( 6328 Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S, 6329 &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator, 6330 Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) { 6331 // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator 6332 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(), 6333 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6334 Previous.clear(); 6335 Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection()); 6336 for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(), 6337 CDeclEnd = Correction.end(); 6338 CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) { 6339 FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl); 6340 if (FD && !FD->hasBody() && 6341 hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) { 6342 Previous.addDecl(FD); 6343 } 6344 } 6345 bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration(); 6346 6347 NamedDecl *Result; 6348 // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous 6349 // declarations, and with errors suppressed. 6350 { 6351 // Trap errors. 6352 Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef); 6353 6354 // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the 6355 // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully 6356 // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs. 6357 Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator( 6358 ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D, 6359 Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(), 6360 NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists, 6361 ExtraArgs.AddToScope); 6362 6363 if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred()) 6364 Result = nullptr; 6365 } 6366 6367 if (Result) { 6368 // Determine which correction we picked. 6369 Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl(); 6370 for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end(); 6371 I != E; ++I) 6372 if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical) 6373 Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I); 6374 6375 SemaRef.diagnoseTypo( 6376 Correction, 6377 SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend 6378 ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest 6379 : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest) 6380 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition); 6381 return Result; 6382 } 6383 6384 // Pretend the typo correction never occurred 6385 ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(), 6386 ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6387 ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration); 6388 Previous.clear(); 6389 Previous.setLookupName(Name); 6390 } 6391 6392 SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg) 6393 << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation(); 6394 6395 bool NewFDisConst = false; 6396 if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) 6397 NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst(); 6398 6399 for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator 6400 NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end(); 6401 NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) { 6402 FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first; 6403 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD); 6404 bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst(); 6405 bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend; 6406 6407 // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case. 6408 if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) { 6409 ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1); 6410 SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc(); 6411 if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation(); 6412 SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match 6413 : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match) 6414 << Idx << FDParam->getType() 6415 << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType(); 6416 } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) { 6417 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match) 6418 << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6419 } else 6420 SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), 6421 IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match 6422 : diag::note_local_decl_close_match); 6423 } 6424 return nullptr; 6425 } 6426 6427 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef, 6428 Declarator &D) { 6429 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) { 6430 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!"); 6431 case DeclSpec::SCS_auto: 6432 case DeclSpec::SCS_register: 6433 case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable: 6434 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6435 diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func); 6436 D.setInvalidType(); 6437 break; 6438 case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break; 6439 case DeclSpec::SCS_extern: 6440 if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec()) 6441 return SC_None; 6442 return SC_Extern; 6443 case DeclSpec::SCS_static: { 6444 if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 6445 // C99 6.7.1p5: 6446 // The declaration of an identifier for a function that has 6447 // block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier 6448 // other than extern 6449 // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4). 6450 SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6451 diag::err_static_block_func); 6452 break; 6453 } else 6454 return SC_Static; 6455 } 6456 case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern; 6457 } 6458 6459 // No explicit storage class has already been returned 6460 return SC_None; 6461 } 6462 6463 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D, 6464 DeclContext *DC, QualType &R, 6465 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 6466 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC, 6467 bool &IsVirtualOkay) { 6468 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6469 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6470 6471 FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr; 6472 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6473 6474 if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6475 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6476 // prototype. This true when: 6477 // - there is a prototype in the declarator, or 6478 // - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference 6479 // to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type). 6480 bool HasPrototype = 6481 (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) || 6482 (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType()); 6483 6484 NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6485 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6486 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6487 HasPrototype, false); 6488 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6489 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6490 6491 // Set the lexical context. 6492 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext); 6493 6494 return NewFD; 6495 } 6496 6497 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6498 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6499 6500 // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type. 6501 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 6502 // the class has been completely parsed. 6503 if (!DC->isRecord() && 6504 SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType( 6505 D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(), 6506 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType)) 6507 D.setInvalidType(); 6508 6509 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) { 6510 // This is a C++ constructor declaration. 6511 assert(DC->isRecord() && 6512 "Constructors can only be declared in a member context"); 6513 6514 R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6515 return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6516 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6517 R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline, 6518 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false, 6519 isConstexpr); 6520 6521 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6522 // This is a C++ destructor declaration. 6523 if (DC->isRecord()) { 6524 R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6525 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC); 6526 CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create( 6527 SemaRef.Context, Record, 6528 D.getLocStart(), 6529 NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline, 6530 /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false); 6531 6532 // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception 6533 // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do 6534 // it yet. 6535 if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() && 6536 Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() && 6537 R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) { 6538 SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD); 6539 } 6540 6541 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6542 return NewDD; 6543 6544 } else { 6545 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member); 6546 D.setInvalidType(); 6547 6548 // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing 6549 // code path. 6550 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6551 D.getLocStart(), 6552 D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo, 6553 SC, isInline, 6554 /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr); 6555 } 6556 6557 } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) { 6558 if (!DC->isRecord()) { 6559 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6560 diag::err_conv_function_not_member); 6561 return nullptr; 6562 } 6563 6564 SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC); 6565 IsVirtualOkay = true; 6566 return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6567 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, 6568 R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit, 6569 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6570 6571 } else if (DC->isRecord()) { 6572 // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record, 6573 // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type. 6574 // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a 6575 // constructor if it has no return type). 6576 if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() && 6577 Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){ 6578 SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type) 6579 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc()) 6580 << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 6581 return nullptr; 6582 } 6583 6584 // This is a C++ method declaration. 6585 CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, 6586 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC), 6587 D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R, 6588 TInfo, SC, isInline, 6589 isConstexpr, SourceLocation()); 6590 IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic(); 6591 return Ret; 6592 } else { 6593 // Determine whether the function was written with a 6594 // prototype. This true when: 6595 // - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype), 6596 return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC, 6597 D.getLocStart(), 6598 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline, 6599 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr); 6600 } 6601 } 6602 6603 enum OpenCLParamType { 6604 ValidKernelParam, 6605 PtrPtrKernelParam, 6606 PtrKernelParam, 6607 PrivatePtrKernelParam, 6608 InvalidKernelParam, 6609 RecordKernelParam 6610 }; 6611 6612 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) { 6613 if (PT->isPointerType()) { 6614 QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType(); 6615 if (PointeeType->isPointerType()) 6616 return PtrPtrKernelParam; 6617 return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam 6618 : PtrKernelParam; 6619 } 6620 6621 // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can 6622 // be used as builtin types. 6623 6624 if (PT->isImageType()) 6625 return PtrKernelParam; 6626 6627 if (PT->isBooleanType()) 6628 return InvalidKernelParam; 6629 6630 if (PT->isEventT()) 6631 return InvalidKernelParam; 6632 6633 if (PT->isHalfType()) 6634 return InvalidKernelParam; 6635 6636 if (PT->isRecordType()) 6637 return RecordKernelParam; 6638 6639 return ValidKernelParam; 6640 } 6641 6642 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter( 6643 Sema &S, 6644 Declarator &D, 6645 ParmVarDecl *Param, 6646 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) { 6647 QualType PT = Param->getType(); 6648 6649 // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are 6650 // used again 6651 if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr())) 6652 return; 6653 6654 switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) { 6655 case PtrPtrKernelParam: 6656 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6657 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6658 // pointer to a pointer type. 6659 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param); 6660 D.setInvalidType(); 6661 return; 6662 6663 case PrivatePtrKernelParam: 6664 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a: 6665 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a 6666 // pointer to the private address space. 6667 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param); 6668 D.setInvalidType(); 6669 return; 6670 6671 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k: 6672 // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the 6673 // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and 6674 // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be 6675 // one of these built-in scalar types. 6676 6677 case InvalidKernelParam: 6678 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n: 6679 // A kernel function argument cannot be declared 6680 // of event_t type. 6681 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6682 D.setInvalidType(); 6683 return; 6684 6685 case PtrKernelParam: 6686 case ValidKernelParam: 6687 ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr()); 6688 return; 6689 6690 case RecordKernelParam: 6691 break; 6692 } 6693 6694 // Track nested structs we will inspect 6695 SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack; 6696 6697 // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from 6698 // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field. 6699 SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack; 6700 HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr); 6701 6702 const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6703 VisitStack.push_back(PD); 6704 6705 assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?"); 6706 6707 do { 6708 const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val(); 6709 if (!Next) { 6710 assert(!HistoryStack.empty()); 6711 // Found a marker, we have gone up a level 6712 if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val()) 6713 ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr()); 6714 6715 continue; 6716 } 6717 6718 // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a 6719 // field itself) to the history stack. 6720 const RecordDecl *RD; 6721 if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) { 6722 HistoryStack.push_back(Field); 6723 RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl(); 6724 } else { 6725 RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next); 6726 } 6727 6728 // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level 6729 VisitStack.push_back(nullptr); 6730 6731 for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) { 6732 QualType QT = FD->getType(); 6733 6734 if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr())) 6735 continue; 6736 6737 OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT); 6738 if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam) 6739 continue; 6740 6741 if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) { 6742 VisitStack.push_back(FD); 6743 continue; 6744 } 6745 6746 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p: 6747 // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union 6748 // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or 6749 // union. 6750 if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam || 6751 ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) { 6752 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), 6753 diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param) 6754 << PT->isUnionType() 6755 << PT; 6756 } else { 6757 S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT; 6758 } 6759 6760 S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6761 << PD->getDeclName(); 6762 6763 // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where 6764 // the offending field came from 6765 for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1, 6766 E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) { 6767 const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I; 6768 S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type) 6769 << OuterField->getType(); 6770 } 6771 6772 S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here) 6773 << QT->isPointerType() 6774 << QT; 6775 D.setInvalidType(); 6776 return; 6777 } 6778 } while (!VisitStack.empty()); 6779 } 6780 6781 NamedDecl* 6782 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC, 6783 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous, 6784 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists, 6785 bool &AddToScope) { 6786 QualType R = TInfo->getType(); 6787 6788 assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType()); 6789 6790 // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic. 6791 DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D); 6792 DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName(); 6793 FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D); 6794 6795 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 6796 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 6797 diag::err_invalid_thread) 6798 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 6799 6800 if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember()) 6801 adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember()); 6802 6803 bool isFriend = false; 6804 FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr; 6805 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6806 bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6807 6808 bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false; 6809 bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 6810 TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs; 6811 6812 bool isVirtualOkay = false; 6813 6814 DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC; 6815 bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC); 6816 6817 FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC, 6818 isVirtualOkay); 6819 if (!NewFD) return nullptr; 6820 6821 if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer()) 6822 NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 6823 6824 // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a 6825 // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical 6826 // context will be different from the semantic context. 6827 NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6828 6829 if (IsLocalExternDecl) 6830 NewFD->setLocalExternDecl(); 6831 6832 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 6833 bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified(); 6834 bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified(); 6835 bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified(); 6836 bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified(); 6837 isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified(); 6838 if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 6839 // C++ [class.friend]p5 6840 // A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a 6841 // class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline. 6842 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 6843 } 6844 6845 // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor 6846 // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already 6847 // return true). 6848 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent = 6849 dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) { 6850 if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided()) 6851 NewFD->setPure(true); 6852 } 6853 6854 SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D); 6855 isExplicitSpecialization = false; 6856 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false; 6857 if (D.isInvalidType()) 6858 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6859 6860 // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then 6861 // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization. 6862 bool Invalid = false; 6863 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 6864 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 6865 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(), 6866 D.getCXXScopeSpec(), 6867 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId 6868 ? D.getName().TemplateId 6869 : nullptr, 6870 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization, 6871 Invalid)) { 6872 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 6873 // This is a function template 6874 6875 // Check that we can declare a template here. 6876 if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams)) 6877 return nullptr; 6878 6879 // A destructor cannot be a template. 6880 if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) { 6881 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template); 6882 return nullptr; 6883 } 6884 6885 // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to 6886 // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list, 6887 // now that we know what the current instantiation is. 6888 if (DC->isDependentContext()) { 6889 ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC); 6890 if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams)) 6891 Invalid = true; 6892 } 6893 6894 6895 FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, 6896 NewFD->getLocation(), 6897 Name, TemplateParams, 6898 NewFD); 6899 FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 6900 NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate); 6901 6902 // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists. 6903 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) { 6904 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6905 TemplateParamLists.size() - 1, 6906 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6907 } 6908 } else { 6909 // This is a function template specialization. 6910 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 6911 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6912 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6913 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6914 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6915 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6916 6917 // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);". 6918 if (isFriend) { 6919 // We want to remove the "template<>", found here. 6920 SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange(); 6921 6922 // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a 6923 // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem: 6924 // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl, 6925 // and clearly the user wants a template specialization. So 6926 // we need to insert '<>' after the name. 6927 SourceLocation InsertLoc; 6928 if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 6929 InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd(); 6930 InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc); 6931 } 6932 6933 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend) 6934 << Name << RemoveRange 6935 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange) 6936 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>"); 6937 } 6938 } 6939 } 6940 else { 6941 // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier: 6942 // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template. 6943 if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0) 6944 // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists. 6945 NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 6946 TemplateParamLists.size(), 6947 TemplateParamLists.data()); 6948 } 6949 6950 if (Invalid) { 6951 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 6952 if (FunctionTemplate) 6953 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 6954 } 6955 6956 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5: 6957 // The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of 6958 // nonstatic class member functions that appear within a 6959 // member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3. 6960 // 6961 if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 6962 if (!isVirtualOkay) { 6963 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6964 diag::err_virtual_non_function); 6965 } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 6966 // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class. 6967 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6968 diag::err_virtual_out_of_class) 6969 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6970 } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 6971 // C++ [temp.mem]p3: 6972 // A member function template shall not be virtual. 6973 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), 6974 diag::err_virtual_member_function_template) 6975 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc()); 6976 } else { 6977 // Okay: Add virtual to the method. 6978 NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true); 6979 } 6980 6981 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6982 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 6983 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual); 6984 } 6985 6986 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && 6987 (NewFD->isDependentContext() || 6988 (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) && 6989 NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 6990 // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a 6991 // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type. 6992 // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane 6993 // thing to do. 6994 // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being 6995 // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work. 6996 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 6997 NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 6998 QualType Result = 6999 SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy); 7000 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(), 7001 FPT->getExtProtoInfo())); 7002 } 7003 7004 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3: 7005 // The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function 7006 // declaration. 7007 if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7008 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) { 7009 // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration. 7010 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7011 diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name 7012 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc()); 7013 } 7014 } 7015 7016 // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6: 7017 // The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a 7018 // constructor or conversion function within its class definition; 7019 // see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2. 7020 if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7021 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) { 7022 // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class. 7023 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7024 diag::err_explicit_out_of_class) 7025 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7026 } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) && 7027 !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7028 // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor 7029 // or conversion function. 7030 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(), 7031 diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function) 7032 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc()); 7033 } 7034 } 7035 7036 if (isConstexpr) { 7037 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors 7038 // are implicitly inline. 7039 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7040 7041 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to 7042 // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore, 7043 // destructors cannot be declared constexpr. 7044 if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) 7045 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor); 7046 } 7047 7048 // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly. 7049 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 7050 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7051 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc 7052 = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc(); 7053 Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization) 7054 << 0 7055 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 7056 } else { 7057 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 7058 if (FunctionTemplate) 7059 FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate(); 7060 } 7061 } 7062 7063 if (isFriend) { 7064 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7065 FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7066 FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public); 7067 } 7068 NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl(); 7069 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7070 } 7071 7072 // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now. 7073 // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function 7074 // definition kind to FDK_Definition. 7075 switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) { 7076 case FDK_Declaration: 7077 case FDK_Definition: 7078 break; 7079 7080 case FDK_Defaulted: 7081 NewFD->setDefaulted(); 7082 break; 7083 7084 case FDK_Deleted: 7085 NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten(); 7086 break; 7087 } 7088 7089 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext && 7090 D.isFunctionDefinition()) { 7091 // C++ [class.mfct]p2: 7092 // A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in 7093 // which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2) 7094 NewFD->setImplicitlyInline(); 7095 } 7096 7097 if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && 7098 !CurContext->isRecord()) { 7099 // C++ [class.static]p1: 7100 // A data or function member of a class may be declared static 7101 // in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of 7102 // the class. 7103 7104 // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line 7105 // member function definition. 7106 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 7107 diag::err_static_out_of_line) 7108 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7109 } 7110 7111 // C++11 [except.spec]p15: 7112 // A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated 7113 // as if it were specified with noexcept(true). 7114 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7115 if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete || 7116 Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) && 7117 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec()) 7118 NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType( 7119 FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(), 7120 FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept))); 7121 } 7122 7123 // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope. 7124 FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD), 7125 D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() || 7126 isExplicitSpecialization || 7127 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7128 7129 // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute). 7130 if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) { 7131 // The parser guarantees this is a string. 7132 StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E); 7133 NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context, 7134 SE->getString(), 0)); 7135 } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) { 7136 llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I = 7137 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7138 if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) { 7139 NewFD->addAttr(I->second); 7140 ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I); 7141 } 7142 } 7143 7144 // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function 7145 // declaration NewFD, if they are available. First scavenge them into Params. 7146 SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params; 7147 if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) { 7148 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 7149 7150 // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs 7151 // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a 7152 // single void argument. 7153 // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator 7154 // already checks for that case. 7155 if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) { 7156 for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) { 7157 ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param); 7158 assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?"); 7159 Param->setDeclContext(NewFD); 7160 Params.push_back(Param); 7161 7162 if (Param->isInvalidDecl()) 7163 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7164 } 7165 } 7166 7167 } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7168 // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the 7169 // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed) 7170 // parameters for use in the declaration. 7171 // 7172 // @code 7173 // typedef void fn(int); 7174 // fn f; 7175 // @endcode 7176 7177 // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type. 7178 for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) { 7179 ParmVarDecl *Param = 7180 BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI); 7181 Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size()); 7182 Params.push_back(Param); 7183 } 7184 } else { 7185 assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 && 7186 "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn"); 7187 } 7188 7189 // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them. 7190 NewFD->setParams(Params); 7191 7192 // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function 7193 // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in: 7194 // 7195 // void f(enum Y {AA} x) {} 7196 // 7197 // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope. 7198 NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope); 7199 DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear(); 7200 7201 if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified()) 7202 NewFD->addAttr( 7203 ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(), 7204 Context, 0)); 7205 7206 // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2 7207 // because all functions have linkage. 7208 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7209 NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 7210 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl); 7211 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7212 } 7213 7214 if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue && 7215 !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) { 7216 NewFD->addAttr( 7217 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 7218 CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7219 CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation)); 7220 if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(), 7221 PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD)) 7222 NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 7223 } 7224 7225 // Handle attributes. 7226 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D); 7227 7228 QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7229 const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ? 7230 RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl(); 7231 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() && 7232 Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) { 7233 const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7234 // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute. 7235 // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions 7236 // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators) 7237 if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret) 7238 NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7239 } 7240 7241 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7242 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return 7243 // type declaration will generate a compilation error. 7244 unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace(); 7245 if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local || 7246 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global || 7247 AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) { 7248 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7249 diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space); 7250 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7251 } 7252 } 7253 7254 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7255 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7256 bool isExplicitSpecialization=false; 7257 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7258 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7259 7260 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7261 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7262 7263 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7264 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7265 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7266 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7267 // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration. 7268 D.setRedeclaration(true); 7269 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7270 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7271 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7272 } else { 7273 // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3: 7274 // The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline. 7275 // 7276 // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340. 7277 // 7278 // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since 7279 // that forces an external definition to be emitted. 7280 if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() && 7281 NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() && 7282 !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>()) 7283 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(), 7284 diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline) 7285 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7286 7287 // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template 7288 // argument list into our AST format. 7289 if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) { 7290 TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId; 7291 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc); 7292 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7293 ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(), 7294 TemplateId->NumArgs); 7295 translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr, 7296 TemplateArgs); 7297 7298 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7299 7300 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7301 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7302 } else if (FunctionTemplate) { 7303 // Function template with explicit template arguments. 7304 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec) 7305 << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc); 7306 7307 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false; 7308 } else { 7309 assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization || 7310 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) && 7311 "should have a 'template<>' for this decl"); 7312 // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl. 7313 isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true; 7314 } 7315 } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7316 // This combination is only possible in a recovery case; the user 7317 // wrote something like: 7318 // template <> friend void foo(int); 7319 // which we're recovering from as if the user had written: 7320 // friend void foo<>(int); 7321 // Go ahead and fake up a template id. 7322 HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true; 7323 TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7324 TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc()); 7325 } 7326 7327 // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible 7328 // that either the specialized function type or the specialized 7329 // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail. In 7330 // this case, don't check the specialization yet. 7331 bool InstantiationDependent = false; 7332 if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend && 7333 (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() || 7334 TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments( 7335 TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(), 7336 InstantiationDependent))) { 7337 assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs && 7338 "friend function specialization without template args"); 7339 if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs, 7340 Previous)) 7341 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7342 } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) { 7343 if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord() 7344 && !isFriend) { 7345 isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true; 7346 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 7347 diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class : 7348 diag::err_function_specialization_in_class) 7349 << NewFD->getDeclName(); 7350 } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, 7351 (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs 7352 : nullptr), 7353 Previous)) 7354 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7355 7356 // C++ [dcl.stc]p1: 7357 // A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit 7358 // specialization (14.7.3) 7359 FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info = 7360 NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo(); 7361 if (Info && SC != SC_None) { 7362 if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass()) 7363 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7364 diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class) 7365 << SC 7366 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7367 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7368 7369 else 7370 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7371 diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class) 7372 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval( 7373 D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7374 } 7375 7376 } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7377 if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous)) 7378 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7379 } 7380 7381 // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration. 7382 if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7383 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain()) 7384 CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec()); 7385 7386 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint()) 7387 CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD); 7388 7389 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7390 D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous, 7391 isExplicitSpecialization)); 7392 } 7393 7394 assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() || 7395 Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) && 7396 "previous declaration set still overloaded"); 7397 7398 NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate 7399 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate) 7400 : NewFD); 7401 7402 if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) { 7403 AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public; 7404 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7405 Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess(); 7406 7407 NewFD->setAccess(Access); 7408 if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access); 7409 } 7410 7411 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() && 7412 PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary)) 7413 PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator(); 7414 7415 // If we have a function template, check the template parameter 7416 // list. This will check and merge default template arguments. 7417 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7418 FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate = 7419 FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl(); 7420 CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(), 7421 PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters() 7422 : nullptr, 7423 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified() 7424 ? (D.isFunctionDefinition() 7425 ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition 7426 : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate) 7427 : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && 7428 DC && DC->isRecord() && 7429 DC->isDependentContext()) 7430 ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember 7431 : TPC_FunctionTemplate); 7432 } 7433 7434 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) { 7435 // Ignore all the rest of this. 7436 } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) { 7437 struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists, 7438 AddToScope }; 7439 // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member. 7440 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) 7441 NewFD->setAccess(AS_public); 7442 7443 // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration. 7444 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 7445 // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or 7446 // dependent-scope friend declarations. 7447 7448 // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent 7449 // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when 7450 // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be 7451 // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor. But there 7452 // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we 7453 // can actually do this check immediately. 7454 if (isFriend && 7455 (TemplateParamLists.size() || 7456 D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() || 7457 CurContext->isDependentContext())) { 7458 // ignore these 7459 } else { 7460 // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a 7461 // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there 7462 // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2, 7463 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example: 7464 // 7465 // class X { 7466 // void f() const; 7467 // }; 7468 // 7469 // void X::f() { } // ill-formed 7470 // 7471 // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close 7472 // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and 7473 // whether the parameter types are references). 7474 7475 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7476 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) { 7477 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7478 return Result; 7479 } 7480 } 7481 7482 // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve 7483 // to something. 7484 } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) { 7485 if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration( 7486 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) { 7487 AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope; 7488 return Result; 7489 } 7490 } 7491 7492 } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() && 7493 isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() && 7494 !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && 7495 !isExplicitSpecialization) { 7496 // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a 7497 // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2). 7498 // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of 7499 // function templates or member functions of class templates, per 7500 // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an 7501 // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to 7502 // generate them. 7503 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration) 7504 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 7505 } 7506 } 7507 7508 ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD); 7509 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD); 7510 7511 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD); 7512 7513 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() && 7514 !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) { 7515 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), 7516 diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype) 7517 << NewFD; 7518 7519 // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters. 7520 const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>(); 7521 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI( 7522 Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false)); 7523 EPI.Variadic = true; 7524 EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo(); 7525 7526 QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI); 7527 NewFD->setType(R); 7528 } 7529 7530 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 7531 // member, set the visibility of this function. 7532 if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible()) 7533 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD); 7534 7535 // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider 7536 // marking the function. 7537 AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD); 7538 7539 // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to 7540 // a pragma. 7541 if(D.isFunctionDefinition()) 7542 AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD); 7543 7544 // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update 7545 // the map of such variables. 7546 if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7547 isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD)) 7548 RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S); 7549 7550 // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren. 7551 NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd()); 7552 7553 if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) { 7554 checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration( 7555 *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD, 7556 isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization); 7557 } 7558 7559 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7560 if (FunctionTemplate) { 7561 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 7562 FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl(); 7563 return FunctionTemplate; 7564 } 7565 } 7566 7567 if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) { 7568 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions. 7569 if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120) 7570 && (SC == SC_Static)) { 7571 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel); 7572 D.setInvalidType(); 7573 } 7574 7575 // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void. 7576 if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) { 7577 SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7578 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type) 7579 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void") 7580 : FixItHint()); 7581 D.setInvalidType(); 7582 } 7583 7584 llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes; 7585 for (auto Param : NewFD->params()) 7586 checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes); 7587 } 7588 7589 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD); 7590 7591 if (getLangOpts().CUDA) 7592 if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier()) 7593 if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && 7594 NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) { 7595 if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) { 7596 if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType()) 7597 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return); 7598 7599 Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD); 7600 } 7601 } 7602 7603 // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope. 7604 // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation 7605 // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node. 7606 if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) { 7607 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec = 7608 ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create( 7609 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(), 7610 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD), 7611 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs); 7612 CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec); 7613 AddToScope = false; 7614 } 7615 7616 return NewFD; 7617 } 7618 7619 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration. 7620 /// 7621 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration 7622 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not 7623 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is 7624 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed 7625 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions 7626 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called 7627 /// via InstantiateDecl). 7628 /// 7629 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is 7630 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration. 7631 /// 7632 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error. 7633 /// 7634 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration. 7635 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD, 7636 LookupResult &Previous, 7637 bool IsExplicitSpecialization) { 7638 assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() && 7639 "Variably modified return types are not handled here"); 7640 7641 // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with 7642 // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++, 7643 // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible. 7644 bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 7645 !Previous.isShadowed(); 7646 7647 // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations. 7648 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7649 7650 bool Redeclaration = false; 7651 NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr; 7652 7653 // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of 7654 // the same name, if appropriate. 7655 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7656 // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or 7657 // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload, 7658 // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new 7659 // function to the scope. 7660 if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) { 7661 NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7662 if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) { 7663 Redeclaration = true; 7664 OldDecl = Candidate; 7665 } 7666 } else { 7667 switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl, 7668 /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) { 7669 case Ovl_Match: 7670 Redeclaration = true; 7671 break; 7672 7673 case Ovl_NonFunction: 7674 Redeclaration = true; 7675 break; 7676 7677 case Ovl_Overload: 7678 Redeclaration = false; 7679 break; 7680 } 7681 7682 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7683 // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function 7684 // with that name must be marked "overloadable". 7685 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7686 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7687 NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr; 7688 if (Redeclaration) 7689 OverloadedDecl = OldDecl; 7690 else if (!Previous.empty()) 7691 OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 7692 if (OverloadedDecl) 7693 Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(), 7694 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7695 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7696 } 7697 } 7698 } 7699 7700 // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name. 7701 if (!Redeclaration && 7702 checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) { 7703 filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous); 7704 if (!Previous.empty()) { 7705 // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous 7706 // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity... 7707 Redeclaration = true; 7708 OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 7709 MergeTypeWithPrevious = false; 7710 7711 // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)). 7712 if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7713 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) { 7714 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing) 7715 << Redeclaration << NewFD; 7716 Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(), 7717 diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload); 7718 NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context)); 7719 } 7720 if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) { 7721 Redeclaration = false; 7722 OldDecl = nullptr; 7723 } 7724 } 7725 } 7726 } 7727 7728 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8: 7729 // A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not 7730 // a constructor declares that member function to be const. 7731 // 7732 // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line 7733 // definition of a static member function. 7734 // 7735 // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards 7736 // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11. 7737 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD); 7738 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() && 7739 !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) && 7740 (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) { 7741 CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr; 7742 if (OldDecl) 7743 OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction()); 7744 if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) { 7745 const FunctionProtoType *FPT = 7746 MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>(); 7747 FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo(); 7748 EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const; 7749 MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(), 7750 FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI)); 7751 7752 // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation. 7753 // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined. 7754 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 7755 SourceLocation AddConstLoc; 7756 if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc() 7757 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>()) 7758 AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc()); 7759 7760 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const) 7761 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const"); 7762 } 7763 } 7764 } 7765 7766 if (Redeclaration) { 7767 // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be 7768 // merged. 7769 if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) { 7770 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7771 return Redeclaration; 7772 } 7773 7774 Previous.clear(); 7775 Previous.addDecl(OldDecl); 7776 7777 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl 7778 = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) { 7779 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl()); 7780 FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl 7781 = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate(); 7782 assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch"); 7783 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method 7784 = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) { 7785 Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7786 NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess()); 7787 } 7788 7789 // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function 7790 // template, mark it as a member specialization. 7791 if (IsExplicitSpecialization && 7792 NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) { 7793 NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization(); 7794 assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization()); 7795 } 7796 7797 } else { 7798 // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates. 7799 NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl)); 7800 7801 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7802 // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line, 7803 // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition 7804 // because of templates, which means that the previous 7805 // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition. 7806 7807 // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter. 7808 CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl); 7809 NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess()); 7810 7811 // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI. 7812 if (NewFD->isInlined() && 7813 !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) { 7814 // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original 7815 // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is 7816 // just faster in that case, so map back to that now. 7817 oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl()); 7818 if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) { 7819 Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod); 7820 } 7821 } 7822 } 7823 } 7824 } 7825 7826 // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation). 7827 7828 // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions. 7829 QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType()); 7830 const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType); 7831 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) { 7832 FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo(); 7833 if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall) 7834 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr) 7835 << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall); 7836 // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions? 7837 } 7838 7839 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7840 // C++-specific checks. 7841 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7842 CheckConstructor(Constructor); 7843 } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = 7844 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) { 7845 CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent(); 7846 QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record); 7847 7848 // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class 7849 // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that. 7850 if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) { 7851 DeclarationName Name 7852 = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName( 7853 Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType)); 7854 if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) { 7855 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name); 7856 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7857 return Redeclaration; 7858 } 7859 } 7860 } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion 7861 = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) { 7862 ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion); 7863 } 7864 7865 // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides. 7866 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) { 7867 if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() && 7868 !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() && 7869 Method->isCanonicalDecl()) { 7870 if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) { 7871 // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem. 7872 if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 7873 ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method); 7874 } 7875 } 7876 } 7877 7878 if (Method->isStatic()) 7879 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method); 7880 } 7881 7882 // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]). 7883 if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && 7884 CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7885 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7886 return Redeclaration; 7887 } 7888 7889 // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]). 7890 if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() && 7891 CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) { 7892 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 7893 return Redeclaration; 7894 } 7895 7896 // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless 7897 // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done 7898 // during delayed parsing anyway. 7899 if (!CurContext->isRecord()) 7900 CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD); 7901 7902 // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this 7903 // declaration against the expected type for the builtin. 7904 if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) { 7905 ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error; 7906 LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier()); 7907 QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error); 7908 if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) { 7909 // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin, 7910 // so forget about the builtin entirely. 7911 Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents); 7912 } 7913 } 7914 7915 // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if 7916 // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C 7917 // compatible, and if it does, warn the user. 7918 // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only. 7919 if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) { 7920 QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType(); 7921 if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType()) 7922 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete) 7923 << NewFD << R; 7924 else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() && 7925 !R->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 7926 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R; 7927 } 7928 } 7929 return Redeclaration; 7930 } 7931 7932 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) { 7933 // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3: 7934 // A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or 7935 // constexpr is ill-formed. 7936 // C11 6.7.4p4: In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall 7937 // appear in a declaration of main. 7938 // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it. 7939 // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension. 7940 if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 7941 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 7942 ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main) 7943 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc()); 7944 if (FD->isInlineSpecified()) 7945 Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main) 7946 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc()); 7947 if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) { 7948 SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(); 7949 SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc)); 7950 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main); 7951 Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn) 7952 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange); 7953 } 7954 if (FD->isConstexpr()) { 7955 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main) 7956 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc()); 7957 FD->setConstexpr(false); 7958 } 7959 7960 if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 7961 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main) 7962 << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>(); 7963 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 7964 return; 7965 } 7966 7967 QualType T = FD->getType(); 7968 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 7969 const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 7970 7971 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 7972 // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return 7973 // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the 7974 // implicit-return-zero rule. 7975 7976 // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'. 7977 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 7978 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7979 else { 7980 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint); 7981 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7982 if (RTRange.isValid()) 7983 Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type) 7984 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int"); 7985 } 7986 } else { 7987 // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end; 7988 // set the flag which tells us that. 7989 // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3. 7990 7991 // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'. 7992 if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy)) 7993 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 7994 else { 7995 // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error. 7996 SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange(); 7997 Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint) 7998 << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int") 7999 : FixItHint()); 8000 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8001 } 8002 } 8003 8004 // Treat protoless main() as nullary. 8005 if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return; 8006 8007 const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT); 8008 unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams(); 8009 assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams); 8010 8011 bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3); 8012 8013 // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**. If 8014 // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start 8015 // getting shifty. 8016 if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin()) 8017 HasExtraParameters = false; 8018 8019 if (HasExtraParameters) { 8020 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams; 8021 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8022 nparams = 3; 8023 } 8024 8025 // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved 8026 // if we had some location information about types. 8027 8028 QualType CharPP = 8029 Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy)); 8030 QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP }; 8031 8032 for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) { 8033 QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i); 8034 8035 bool mismatch = true; 8036 8037 if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i])) 8038 mismatch = false; 8039 else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) { 8040 // As an extension, the following forms are okay: 8041 // char const ** 8042 // char const * const * 8043 // char * const * 8044 8045 QualifierCollector qs; 8046 const PointerType* PT; 8047 if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8048 (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) && 8049 Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0), 8050 Context.CharTy)) { 8051 qs.removeConst(); 8052 mismatch = !qs.empty(); 8053 } 8054 } 8055 8056 if (mismatch) { 8057 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i]; 8058 // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type 8059 FD->setInvalidDecl(true); 8060 } 8061 } 8062 8063 if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 8064 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg); 8065 } 8066 8067 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8068 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8069 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8070 } 8071 } 8072 8073 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) { 8074 QualType T = FD->getType(); 8075 assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type"); 8076 const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>(); 8077 8078 // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral, 8079 // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type. 8080 if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() || 8081 FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() || 8082 FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType()) 8083 // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed. 8084 if (FD->getName() != "DllMain") 8085 FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true); 8086 8087 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) { 8088 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD; 8089 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 8090 } 8091 } 8092 8093 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) { 8094 // FIXME: Need strict checking. In C89, we need to check for 8095 // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or 8096 // commas outside of a sizeof. In C99, it's the same list, 8097 // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated 8098 // expressions. Everything else falls under the 8099 // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception. 8100 // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression 8101 // rules there don't matter.) 8102 const Expr *Culprit; 8103 if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8104 return false; 8105 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant) 8106 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8107 return true; 8108 } 8109 8110 namespace { 8111 // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in 8112 // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does. 8113 class SelfReferenceChecker 8114 : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> { 8115 Sema &S; 8116 Decl *OrigDecl; 8117 bool isRecordType; 8118 bool isPODType; 8119 bool isReferenceType; 8120 8121 public: 8122 typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited; 8123 8124 SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context), 8125 S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) { 8126 isPODType = false; 8127 isRecordType = false; 8128 isReferenceType = false; 8129 if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) { 8130 isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context); 8131 isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType(); 8132 isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType(); 8133 } 8134 } 8135 8136 // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr. 8137 // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional 8138 // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's. 8139 void HandleValue(Expr *E) { 8140 if (isReferenceType) 8141 return; 8142 E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8143 if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) { 8144 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8145 return; 8146 } 8147 8148 if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) { 8149 HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr()); 8150 HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr()); 8151 return; 8152 } 8153 8154 if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) { 8155 Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8156 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8157 // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them. 8158 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8159 return; 8160 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8161 } 8162 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) 8163 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8164 return; 8165 } 8166 } 8167 8168 // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are 8169 // bad, not just r-value uses. 8170 void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) { 8171 if (isReferenceType) 8172 HandleDeclRefExpr(E); 8173 } 8174 8175 void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) { 8176 if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue || 8177 (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp)) 8178 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8179 8180 Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E); 8181 } 8182 8183 void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) { 8184 // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers. 8185 if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return; 8186 8187 // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member 8188 // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr. 8189 CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl()); 8190 bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic()); 8191 Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8192 while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) { 8193 if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl())) 8194 Warn = false; 8195 Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts(); 8196 } 8197 8198 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) { 8199 if (Warn) 8200 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8201 return; 8202 } 8203 8204 // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr. 8205 // Visit that expression. 8206 Visit(Base); 8207 } 8208 8209 void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) { 8210 if (E->getNumArgs() > 0) 8211 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0))) 8212 HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE); 8213 8214 Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E); 8215 } 8216 8217 void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) { 8218 // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined. 8219 if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType && 8220 isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) { 8221 if (!isPODType) 8222 HandleValue(E->getSubExpr()); 8223 return; 8224 } 8225 Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E); 8226 } 8227 8228 void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; } 8229 8230 void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) { 8231 Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl(); 8232 if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return; 8233 unsigned diag; 8234 if (isReferenceType) { 8235 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init; 8236 } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) { 8237 diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init; 8238 } else { 8239 diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init; 8240 } 8241 8242 S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE, 8243 S.PDiag(diag) 8244 << DRE->getNameInfo().getName() 8245 << OrigDecl->getLocation() 8246 << DRE->getSourceRange()); 8247 } 8248 }; 8249 8250 /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E. 8251 static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E, 8252 bool DirectInit) { 8253 // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself, 8254 // for instance, in recursive functions. Skip them. 8255 if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl)) 8256 return; 8257 8258 E = E->IgnoreParens(); 8259 8260 // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type. 8261 // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings. 8262 if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType()) 8263 if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E)) 8264 if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue) 8265 if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr())) 8266 if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl) 8267 return; 8268 8269 SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E); 8270 } 8271 } 8272 8273 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the 8274 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct 8275 /// initialization rather than copy initialization. 8276 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init, 8277 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8278 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore 8279 // the initializer. 8280 if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8281 return; 8282 8283 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8284 // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot 8285 // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier. 8286 // Thus this grotesque test. 8287 IntegerLiteral *IL; 8288 if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 && 8289 Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy) 8290 CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange()); 8291 else { 8292 Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization) 8293 << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange(); 8294 Method->setInvalidDecl(); 8295 } 8296 return; 8297 } 8298 8299 VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl); 8300 if (!VDecl) { 8301 assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here"); 8302 Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer); 8303 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8304 return; 8305 } 8306 ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init); 8307 8308 // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for. 8309 if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) { 8310 Expr *DeduceInit = Init; 8311 // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it 8312 // contains exactly one expression. 8313 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8314 if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) { 8315 // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to 8316 // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);" 8317 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8318 VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression 8319 : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression) 8320 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8321 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8322 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8323 return; 8324 } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) { 8325 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(), 8326 VDecl->isInitCapture() 8327 ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions 8328 : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions) 8329 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8330 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8331 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8332 return; 8333 } else { 8334 DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0); 8335 if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit)) 8336 Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(), 8337 diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces) 8338 << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType() 8339 << VDecl->getSourceRange(); 8340 } 8341 } 8342 8343 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger. 8344 bool DefaultedToAuto = false; 8345 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && 8346 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8347 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8348 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8349 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8350 return; 8351 } 8352 Init = Result.get(); 8353 DefaultedToAuto = true; 8354 } 8355 8356 QualType DeducedType; 8357 if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) == 8358 DAR_Failed) 8359 DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit); 8360 if (DeducedType.isNull()) { 8361 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8362 return; 8363 } 8364 VDecl->setType(DeducedType); 8365 assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid()); 8366 8367 // In ARC, infer lifetime. 8368 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl)) 8369 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8370 8371 // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using 8372 // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks. 8373 // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though: 8374 // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter. 8375 if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto && 8376 DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) { 8377 SourceLocation Loc = 8378 VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 8379 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id) 8380 << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange(); 8381 } 8382 8383 // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches 8384 // the previously declared type. 8385 if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) { 8386 // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete 8387 // array of auto, nor deduce such a type. 8388 MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false); 8389 } 8390 8391 // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration. 8392 CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl); 8393 if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8394 return; 8395 } 8396 8397 // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions. 8398 if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) { 8399 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition); 8400 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8401 return; 8402 } 8403 8404 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) { 8405 // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect. 8406 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init); 8407 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8408 return; 8409 } 8410 8411 if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) { 8412 // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be 8413 // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by 8414 // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction. 8415 QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType(); 8416 if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType)) 8417 BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType(); 8418 if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType, 8419 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8420 RealDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8421 return; 8422 } 8423 8424 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8425 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), 8426 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8427 AbstractVariableType)) 8428 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8429 } 8430 8431 const VarDecl *Def; 8432 if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) { 8433 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) 8434 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8435 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 8436 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8437 return; 8438 } 8439 8440 const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr; 8441 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 8442 // C++ [class.static.data]p4 8443 // If a static data member is of const integral or const 8444 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8445 // specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral 8446 // constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear 8447 // in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be 8448 // defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the 8449 // namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer. 8450 // 8451 // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static 8452 // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class 8453 // declaration with an initializer. 8454 if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) { 8455 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization) 8456 << VDecl->getDeclName(); 8457 Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0; 8458 return; 8459 } 8460 8461 if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage()) 8462 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8463 8464 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) { 8465 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8466 return; 8467 } 8468 } 8469 8470 // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside 8471 // a kernel function cannot be initialized." 8472 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) { 8473 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init); 8474 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8475 return; 8476 } 8477 8478 // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since 8479 // CheckInitializerTypes may change it. 8480 QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT; 8481 8482 // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger 8483 // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type. 8484 if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() && 8485 Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) { 8486 ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType()); 8487 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8488 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8489 return; 8490 } 8491 Init = Result.get(); 8492 } 8493 8494 // Perform the initialization. 8495 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8496 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl); 8497 InitializationKind Kind 8498 = DirectInit ? 8499 CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(), 8500 Init->getLocStart(), 8501 Init->getLocEnd()) 8502 : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList( 8503 VDecl->getLocation()) 8504 : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(), 8505 Init->getLocStart()); 8506 8507 MultiExprArg Args = Init; 8508 if (CXXDirectInit) 8509 Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(), 8510 CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs()); 8511 8512 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args); 8513 ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT); 8514 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8515 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8516 return; 8517 } 8518 8519 Init = Result.getAs<Expr>(); 8520 } 8521 8522 // Check for self-references within variable initializers. 8523 // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references) 8524 // are handled by a dataflow analysis. 8525 if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() || 8526 VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) { 8527 CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit); 8528 } 8529 8530 // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was 8531 // completed by the initializer. For example: 8532 // int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 }; 8533 // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType. 8534 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT)) 8535 VDecl->setType(DclT); 8536 8537 if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8538 checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init); 8539 8540 if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) 8541 checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init); 8542 8543 // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable. 8544 // Although this code can still have problems: 8545 // id x = self.weakProp; 8546 // id y = self.weakProp; 8547 // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate 8548 // paths through the function. This should be revisited if 8549 // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive. 8550 if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong && 8551 !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak, 8552 Init->getLocStart())) 8553 getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init); 8554 } 8555 8556 // The initialization is usually a full-expression. 8557 // 8558 // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not 8559 // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate 8560 // full-expression. For instance, in: 8561 // 8562 // struct Temp { ~Temp(); }; 8563 // struct S { S(Temp); }; 8564 // struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() } 8565 // 8566 // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second. 8567 ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(), 8568 false, 8569 VDecl->isConstexpr()); 8570 if (Result.isInvalid()) { 8571 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8572 return; 8573 } 8574 Init = Result.get(); 8575 8576 // Attach the initializer to the decl. 8577 VDecl->setInit(Init); 8578 8579 if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) { 8580 // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has 8581 // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals. 8582 // C++ does not have this restriction. 8583 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) { 8584 const Expr *Culprit; 8585 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) 8586 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8587 // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types. 8588 // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list 8589 // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be 8590 // constant expressions. 8591 else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() && 8592 isa<InitListExpr>(Init) && 8593 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit)) 8594 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), 8595 diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant) 8596 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 8597 } 8598 } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && 8599 VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) { 8600 // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g., 8601 // 8602 // struct S { 8603 // static const int value = 17; 8604 // }; 8605 8606 // C++ [class.mem]p4: 8607 // A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only 8608 // if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or 8609 // const enumeration type, see 9.4.2. 8610 // 8611 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: 8612 // If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or 8613 // enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can 8614 // specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause 8615 // that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static 8616 // data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition 8617 // with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a 8618 // brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is 8619 // an assignment-expression is a constant expression. 8620 8621 // Do nothing on dependent types. 8622 if (DclT->isDependentType()) { 8623 8624 // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal 8625 // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal 8626 // type. 8627 } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) { 8628 8629 // Require constness. 8630 } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) { 8631 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const) 8632 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8633 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8634 8635 // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases. 8636 } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 8637 // Check whether the expression is a constant expression. 8638 SourceLocation Loc; 8639 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified()) 8640 // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an 8641 // in-class initializer cannot be volatile. 8642 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile); 8643 else if (Init->isValueDependent()) 8644 ; // Nothing to check. 8645 else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc)) 8646 ; // Ok, it's an ICE! 8647 else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8648 // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it, 8649 // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic. 8650 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8651 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8652 } else { 8653 // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case. Report the issue at the 8654 // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check. 8655 Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8656 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8657 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8658 } 8659 8660 // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension. 8661 } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok 8662 // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support 8663 // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'. 8664 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) { 8665 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), 8666 diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8667 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8668 Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(), 8669 diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11) 8670 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8671 } else { 8672 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type) 8673 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8674 8675 if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) { 8676 Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant) 8677 << Init->getSourceRange(); 8678 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8679 } 8680 } 8681 8682 // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types. 8683 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) { 8684 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type) 8685 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange() 8686 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr "); 8687 VDecl->setConstexpr(true); 8688 8689 } else { 8690 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type) 8691 << DclT << Init->getSourceRange(); 8692 VDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 8693 } 8694 } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) { 8695 if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern && 8696 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || 8697 !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() || 8698 VDecl->isExternC())) && 8699 !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind())) 8700 Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init); 8701 8702 // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant. 8703 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 8704 CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT); 8705 } 8706 8707 // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization: 8708 // int x(1); -as-> int x = 1; 8709 // ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c); 8710 // 8711 // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for 8712 // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle(). 8713 // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which 8714 // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without 8715 // special case code. 8716 8717 // C++ 8.5p11: 8718 // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally 8719 // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a 8720 // class type. 8721 if (CXXDirectInit) { 8722 assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init."); 8723 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8724 } else if (DirectInit) { 8725 // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization. 8726 VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit); 8727 } 8728 8729 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl); 8730 } 8731 8732 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an 8733 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form 8734 /// of sanity. 8735 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) { 8736 // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a 8737 // variable's type is either dependent or complete". 8738 if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return; 8739 8740 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8741 if (!VD) return; 8742 8743 // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer. 8744 if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) { 8745 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8746 return; 8747 } 8748 8749 QualType Ty = VD->getType(); 8750 if (Ty->isDependentType()) return; 8751 8752 // Require a complete type. 8753 if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(), 8754 Context.getBaseElementType(Ty), 8755 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8756 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8757 return; 8758 } 8759 8760 // Require a non-abstract type. 8761 if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty, 8762 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8763 AbstractVariableType)) { 8764 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 8765 return; 8766 } 8767 8768 // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors, 8769 // though. 8770 } 8771 8772 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl, 8773 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 8774 // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it. 8775 if (!RealDecl) 8776 return; 8777 8778 if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) { 8779 QualType Type = Var->getType(); 8780 8781 // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3 8782 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) { 8783 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init) 8784 << Var->getDeclName() << Type; 8785 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8786 return; 8787 } 8788 8789 // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with 8790 // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify 8791 // a brace-or-equal-initializer. 8792 // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to 8793 // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data 8794 // member. 8795 if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8796 if (Var->isStaticDataMember()) 8797 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8798 diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init) 8799 << Var->getDeclName(); 8800 else 8801 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl); 8802 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8803 return; 8804 } 8805 8806 // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must 8807 // be initialized. 8808 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8809 Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant && 8810 Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) { 8811 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init); 8812 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8813 return; 8814 } 8815 8816 switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 8817 case VarDecl::Definition: 8818 if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer()) 8819 break; 8820 8821 // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member 8822 // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like 8823 // a declaration. 8824 // 8825 // Fall through 8826 8827 case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly: 8828 // It's only a declaration. 8829 8830 // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is 8831 // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the 8832 // object shall be complete. 8833 if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() && 8834 !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8835 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8836 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) 8837 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8838 8839 // Make sure that the type is not abstract. 8840 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8841 RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8842 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8843 AbstractVariableType)) 8844 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8845 if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() && 8846 Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) { 8847 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern); 8848 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern); 8849 } 8850 8851 return; 8852 8853 case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition: 8854 // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an 8855 // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a 8856 // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static", 8857 // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with 8858 // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5). 8859 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) { 8860 if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT 8861 = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) { 8862 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8863 ArrayT->getElementType(), 8864 diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type)) 8865 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8866 } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) { 8867 // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is 8868 // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the 8869 // declared type shall not be an incomplete type. 8870 // NOTE: code such as the following 8871 // static struct s; 8872 // struct s { int a; }; 8873 // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of 8874 // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration. 8875 // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration. 8876 if (Var->isFirstDecl()) 8877 RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8878 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type); 8879 } 8880 } 8881 8882 // Record the tentative definition; we're done. 8883 if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8884 TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var); 8885 return; 8886 } 8887 8888 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8889 // definitions with incomplete array type. 8890 if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) { 8891 Diag(Var->getLocation(), 8892 diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer); 8893 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8894 return; 8895 } 8896 8897 // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable 8898 // definitions with reference type. 8899 if (Type->isReferenceType()) { 8900 Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init) 8901 << Var->getDeclName() 8902 << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation()); 8903 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8904 return; 8905 } 8906 8907 // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a 8908 // variable with dependent type. 8909 if (Type->isDependentType()) 8910 return; 8911 8912 if (Var->isInvalidDecl()) 8913 return; 8914 8915 if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 8916 if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), 8917 Context.getBaseElementType(Type), 8918 diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) { 8919 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8920 return; 8921 } 8922 } 8923 8924 // The variable can not have an abstract class type. 8925 if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type, 8926 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 8927 AbstractVariableType)) { 8928 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8929 return; 8930 } 8931 8932 // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer. C++0x 8933 // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic 8934 // storage duration", not a "local variable". 8935 // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3 8936 // A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic 8937 // storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is 8938 // ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a 8939 // trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified 8940 // version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding 8941 // types and is declared without an initializer. 8942 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) { 8943 if (const RecordType *Record 8944 = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) { 8945 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl()); 8946 // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of 8947 // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose 8948 // incompatibilities with C++98. 8949 if (!CXXRecord->isPOD()) 8950 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 8951 } 8952 } 8953 8954 // C++03 [dcl.init]p9: 8955 // If no initializer is specified for an object, and the 8956 // object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or 8957 // array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if 8958 // the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class 8959 // type shall have a user-declared default 8960 // constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for 8961 // a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if 8962 // any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object 8963 // or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the 8964 // program is ill-formed. 8965 // C++0x [dcl.init]p11: 8966 // If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is 8967 // default-initialized; [...]. 8968 InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var); 8969 InitializationKind Kind 8970 = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation()); 8971 8972 InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8973 ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None); 8974 if (Init.isInvalid()) 8975 Var->setInvalidDecl(); 8976 else if (Init.get()) { 8977 Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get())); 8978 // This is important for template substitution. 8979 Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit); 8980 } 8981 8982 CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var); 8983 } 8984 } 8985 8986 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) { 8987 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D); 8988 if (!VD) { 8989 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var); 8990 D->setInvalidDecl(); 8991 return; 8992 } 8993 8994 VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 8995 8996 // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier. 8997 int Error = -1; 8998 switch (VD->getStorageClass()) { 8999 case SC_None: 9000 break; 9001 case SC_Extern: 9002 Error = 0; 9003 break; 9004 case SC_Static: 9005 Error = 1; 9006 break; 9007 case SC_PrivateExtern: 9008 Error = 2; 9009 break; 9010 case SC_Auto: 9011 Error = 3; 9012 break; 9013 case SC_Register: 9014 Error = 4; 9015 break; 9016 case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal: 9017 llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class"); 9018 } 9019 if (VD->isConstexpr()) 9020 Error = 5; 9021 if (Error != -1) { 9022 Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class) 9023 << VD->getDeclName() << Error; 9024 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9025 } 9026 } 9027 9028 StmtResult 9029 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc, 9030 IdentifierInfo *Ident, 9031 ParsedAttributes &Attrs, 9032 SourceLocation AttrEnd) { 9033 // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1: 9034 // A range-based for statement of the form 9035 // for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9036 // is equivalent to 9037 // for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement 9038 DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9039 9040 const char *PrevSpec; 9041 unsigned DiagID; 9042 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID, 9043 getPrintingPolicy()); 9044 9045 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext); 9046 D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc); 9047 D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd); 9048 9049 ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory()); 9050 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false), 9051 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc); 9052 Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D); 9053 cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true); 9054 FinalizeDeclaration(Var); 9055 return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc, 9056 AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc); 9057 } 9058 9059 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) { 9060 if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return; 9061 9062 // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a 9063 // local retaining variable. 9064 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9065 var->hasLocalStorage()) { 9066 switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) { 9067 case Qualifiers::OCL_None: 9068 case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone: 9069 case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing: 9070 break; 9071 9072 case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak: 9073 case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong: 9074 getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope(); 9075 break; 9076 } 9077 } 9078 9079 // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a 9080 // prior declaration. We only want to do this for global 9081 // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for 9082 // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can 9083 // change if it's later given a typedef name. 9084 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9085 var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && 9086 var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() && 9087 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations, 9088 var->getLocation())) { 9089 // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition. 9090 VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl(); 9091 while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) 9092 prev = prev->getPreviousDecl(); 9093 9094 if (!prev) 9095 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var; 9096 } 9097 9098 if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) { 9099 const Expr *Culprit; 9100 if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) { 9101 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3: 9102 // The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not 9103 // have a non-trivial destructor. 9104 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor); 9105 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9106 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9107 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() && 9108 !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer( 9109 Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) { 9110 // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4: 9111 // An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic 9112 // initialization. 9113 // FIXME: Need strict checking here. 9114 Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init) 9115 << Culprit->getSourceRange(); 9116 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 9117 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local); 9118 } 9119 9120 } 9121 9122 if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() && 9123 ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 9124 PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr; 9125 int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read; 9126 if (var->getType().isConstQualified()) 9127 Stack = &ConstSegStack; 9128 else if (!var->getInit()) { 9129 Stack = &BSSSegStack; 9130 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9131 } else { 9132 Stack = &DataSegStack; 9133 SectionFlags |= PSF_Write; 9134 } 9135 if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue) 9136 var->addAttr( 9137 SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate, 9138 Stack->CurrentValue->getString(), 9139 Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation)); 9140 if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>()) 9141 if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var)) 9142 var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>(); 9143 9144 // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer. If the 9145 // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this 9146 // attribute. 9147 if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit()) 9148 var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(), 9149 CurInitSegLoc)); 9150 } 9151 9152 // All the following checks are C++ only. 9153 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return; 9154 9155 QualType type = var->getType(); 9156 if (type->isDependentType()) return; 9157 9158 // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer. 9159 if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9160 // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an 9161 // array type; should we diagnose that here? 9162 9163 // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when 9164 // constructing this copy. 9165 if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) { 9166 EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated); 9167 SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation(); 9168 Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi); 9169 ExprResult result 9170 = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization( 9171 InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false), 9172 var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true); 9173 if (!result.isInvalid()) { 9174 result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result); 9175 Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>(); 9176 Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init); 9177 } 9178 } 9179 } 9180 9181 Expr *Init = var->getInit(); 9182 bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal(); 9183 QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type); 9184 9185 if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() && 9186 Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) { 9187 if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() && 9188 !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor, 9189 var->getLocation())) { 9190 // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer. Don't 9191 // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already 9192 // warned about them. 9193 CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl(); 9194 if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) && 9195 !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType())) 9196 Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor) 9197 << Init->getSourceRange(); 9198 } 9199 9200 if (var->isConstexpr()) { 9201 SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes; 9202 if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) { 9203 SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation(); 9204 // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source 9205 // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic. 9206 if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() == 9207 diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) { 9208 DiagLoc = Notes[0].first; 9209 Notes.clear(); 9210 } 9211 Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init) 9212 << var << Init->getSourceRange(); 9213 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I) 9214 Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second); 9215 } 9216 } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) { 9217 // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or 9218 // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was 9219 // initialized by a constant expression if we check later. 9220 var->checkInitIsICE(); 9221 } 9222 } 9223 9224 // Require the destructor. 9225 if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>()) 9226 FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType); 9227 } 9228 9229 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform 9230 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached. 9231 void 9232 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) { 9233 // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration. 9234 ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl); 9235 9236 VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl); 9237 if (!VD) 9238 return; 9239 9240 checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD); 9241 9242 // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function. 9243 if (VD->isStaticLocal()) { 9244 if (FunctionDecl *FD = 9245 dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) { 9246 if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) { 9247 auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext())); 9248 NewAttr->setInherited(true); 9249 VD->addAttr(NewAttr); 9250 } 9251 } 9252 } 9253 9254 // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line. 9255 if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) { 9256 if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() && 9257 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9258 // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members 9259 // with a warning. 9260 CXXRecordDecl *Context = 9261 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext()); 9262 bool IsClassTemplateMember = 9263 isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) || 9264 Context->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 9265 9266 Diag(VD->getLocation(), 9267 IsClassTemplateMember 9268 ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition 9269 : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition); 9270 Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute); 9271 if (!IsClassTemplateMember) 9272 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9273 } 9274 } 9275 9276 if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) { 9277 if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) { 9278 Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr; 9279 VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>(); 9280 } 9281 } 9282 9283 if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() && 9284 VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) { 9285 if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) { 9286 if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) { 9287 Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias) 9288 << VD->getDeclName(); 9289 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9290 VD->setInvalidDecl(); 9291 } 9292 } 9293 } 9294 9295 const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext(); 9296 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class 9297 // member, set the visibility of this variable. 9298 if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible()) 9299 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD); 9300 9301 // FIXME: Warn on unused templates. 9302 if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() && 9303 !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD)) 9304 MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD); 9305 9306 // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic 9307 // tag values. 9308 if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() || 9309 !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) 9310 return; 9311 9312 for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) { 9313 const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit(); 9314 if (!MagicValueExpr) { 9315 continue; 9316 } 9317 llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt; 9318 if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) { 9319 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9320 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice) 9321 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9322 continue; 9323 } 9324 if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) { 9325 Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(), 9326 diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large) 9327 << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange(); 9328 continue; 9329 } 9330 uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue(); 9331 RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(), 9332 MagicValue, 9333 I->getMatchingCType(), 9334 I->getLayoutCompatible(), 9335 I->getMustBeNull()); 9336 } 9337 } 9338 9339 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS, 9340 ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9341 SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls; 9342 9343 if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned()) 9344 Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl()); 9345 9346 DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr; 9347 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9348 if (Decl *D = Group[i]) { 9349 if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D)) 9350 if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup) 9351 FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD; 9352 Decls.push_back(D); 9353 } 9354 9355 if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) { 9356 if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) { 9357 HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S); 9358 if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl()) 9359 Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup); 9360 } 9361 } 9362 9363 return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType()); 9364 } 9365 9366 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration 9367 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking. 9368 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy 9369 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group, 9370 bool TypeMayContainAuto) { 9371 // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7: 9372 // If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each 9373 // deduction, the program is ill-formed. 9374 // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed 9375 // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for. 9376 // auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 }; 9377 // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases. 9378 if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) { 9379 QualType Deduced; 9380 CanQualType DeducedCanon; 9381 VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr; 9382 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) { 9383 if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) { 9384 AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType(); 9385 // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template. 9386 if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl()) 9387 break; 9388 QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType(); 9389 if (!U.isNull()) { 9390 CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U); 9391 if (Deduced.isNull()) { 9392 Deduced = U; 9393 DeducedCanon = UCanon; 9394 DeducedDecl = D; 9395 } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) { 9396 Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), 9397 diag::err_auto_different_deductions) 9398 << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0) 9399 << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName() 9400 << U << D->getDeclName() 9401 << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange() 9402 << D->getInit()->getSourceRange(); 9403 D->setInvalidDecl(); 9404 break; 9405 } 9406 } 9407 } 9408 } 9409 } 9410 9411 ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group); 9412 9413 return DeclGroupPtrTy::make( 9414 DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size())); 9415 } 9416 9417 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) { 9418 ActOnDocumentableDecls(D); 9419 } 9420 9421 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) { 9422 // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored. 9423 if (Group.empty() || !Group[0]) 9424 return; 9425 9426 if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation())) 9427 return; 9428 9429 if (Group.size() >= 2) { 9430 // This is a decl group. Normally it will contain only declarations 9431 // produced from declarator list. But in case we have any definitions or 9432 // additional declaration references: 9433 // 'typedef struct S {} S;' 9434 // 'typedef struct S *S;' 9435 // 'struct S *pS;' 9436 // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations. 9437 Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0]; 9438 if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) { 9439 Group = Group.slice(1); 9440 } 9441 } 9442 9443 // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl. 9444 ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments(); 9445 if (!Comments.empty() && 9446 !Comments.back()->isAttached()) { 9447 // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl. 9448 // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls? 9449 // 9450 // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the 9451 // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to 9452 // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked 9453 // ahead through comments. 9454 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) 9455 Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP); 9456 } 9457 } 9458 9459 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator() 9460 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope. 9461 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) { 9462 const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec(); 9463 9464 // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'. 9465 9466 // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'. 9467 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None; 9468 if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) { 9469 StorageClass = SC_Register; 9470 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 9471 DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) { 9472 StorageClass = SC_Auto; 9473 } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) { 9474 Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), 9475 diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl); 9476 D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs(); 9477 } 9478 9479 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 9480 Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread) 9481 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 9482 if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) 9483 Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr) 9484 << 0; 9485 9486 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS); 9487 9488 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 9489 QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType(); 9490 9491 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 9492 // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this 9493 // parameter. 9494 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 9495 9496 // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1). 9497 if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) { 9498 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator) 9499 << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange(); 9500 D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear(); 9501 } 9502 } 9503 9504 // Ensure we have a valid name 9505 IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr; 9506 if (D.hasName()) { 9507 II = D.getIdentifier(); 9508 if (!II) { 9509 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name) 9510 << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName(); 9511 D.setInvalidType(true); 9512 } 9513 } 9514 9515 // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x); 9516 if (II) { 9517 LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName, 9518 ForRedeclaration); 9519 LookupName(R, S); 9520 if (R.isSingleResult()) { 9521 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl(); 9522 if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 9523 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 9524 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 9525 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 9526 PrevDecl = nullptr; 9527 } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 9528 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II; 9529 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 9530 9531 // Recover by removing the name 9532 II = nullptr; 9533 D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc()); 9534 D.setInvalidType(true); 9535 } 9536 } 9537 } 9538 9539 // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not 9540 // the enclosing context. This prevents them from accidentally 9541 // looking like class members in C++. 9542 ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 9543 D.getLocStart(), 9544 D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, 9545 parmDeclType, TInfo, 9546 StorageClass); 9547 9548 if (D.isInvalidType()) 9549 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9550 9551 assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()); 9552 assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1); 9553 New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1, 9554 S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex()); 9555 9556 // Add the parameter declaration into this scope. 9557 S->AddDecl(New); 9558 if (II) 9559 IdResolver.AddDecl(New); 9560 9561 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D); 9562 9563 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 9564 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 9565 << 1 << New->getDeclName() 9566 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 9567 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 9568 9569 if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) { 9570 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal); 9571 } 9572 return New; 9573 } 9574 9575 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a 9576 /// typedef. 9577 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC, 9578 SourceLocation Loc, 9579 QualType T) { 9580 /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc. 9581 Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source 9582 location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */ 9583 ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr, 9584 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc), 9585 SC_None, nullptr); 9586 Param->setImplicit(); 9587 return Param; 9588 } 9589 9590 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9591 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) { 9592 // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we 9593 // will already have done so in the template itself. 9594 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) 9595 return; 9596 9597 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9598 if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() && 9599 !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) { 9600 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter) 9601 << (*Param)->getDeclName(); 9602 } 9603 } 9604 } 9605 9606 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param, 9607 ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd, 9608 QualType ReturnTy, 9609 NamedDecl *D) { 9610 if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check. 9611 return; 9612 9613 // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9614 // threshold. 9615 if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) { 9616 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity(); 9617 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9618 Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size) 9619 << D->getDeclName() << Size; 9620 } 9621 9622 // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified 9623 // threshold. 9624 for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) { 9625 QualType T = (*Param)->getType(); 9626 if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context)) 9627 continue; 9628 unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity(); 9629 if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy) 9630 Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size) 9631 << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size; 9632 } 9633 } 9634 9635 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc, 9636 SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name, 9637 QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo, 9638 VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) { 9639 // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types. 9640 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && 9641 T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None && 9642 T->isObjCLifetimeType()) { 9643 9644 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime; 9645 9646 // Special cases for arrays: 9647 // - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained 9648 // - otherwise, it's an error 9649 if (T->isArrayType()) { 9650 if (!T.isConstQualified()) { 9651 DelayedDiagnostics.add( 9652 sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType( 9653 NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false)); 9654 } 9655 lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone; 9656 } else { 9657 lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime(); 9658 } 9659 T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime); 9660 } 9661 9662 ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name, 9663 Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T), 9664 TSInfo, 9665 StorageClass, nullptr); 9666 9667 // Parameters can not be abstract class types. 9668 // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once 9669 // the class has been completely parsed. 9670 if (!CurContext->isRecord() && 9671 RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 9672 AbstractParamType)) 9673 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9674 9675 // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are 9676 // passed by reference. 9677 if (T->isObjCObjectType()) { 9678 SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd(); 9679 Diag(NameLoc, 9680 diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T 9681 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*"); 9682 T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T); 9683 New->setType(T); 9684 } 9685 9686 // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage 9687 // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier." 9688 // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have 9689 // an address space. 9690 if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) { 9691 // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type 9692 // to be qualified with an address space. 9693 if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) { 9694 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space); 9695 New->setInvalidDecl(); 9696 } 9697 } 9698 9699 return New; 9700 } 9701 9702 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D, 9703 SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) { 9704 DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo(); 9705 9706 // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared' 9707 // for a K&R function. 9708 if (!FTI.hasPrototype) { 9709 for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) { 9710 --i; 9711 if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) { 9712 SmallString<256> Code; 9713 llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code) 9714 << " int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n"; 9715 Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared) 9716 << FTI.Params[i].Ident 9717 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str()); 9718 9719 // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better 9720 // type. 9721 AttributeFactory attrs; 9722 DeclSpec DS(attrs); 9723 const char* PrevSpec; // unused 9724 unsigned DiagID; // unused 9725 DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec, 9726 DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 9727 // Use the identifier location for the type source range. 9728 DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9729 DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9730 Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext); 9731 ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc); 9732 FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD); 9733 } 9734 } 9735 } 9736 } 9737 9738 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) { 9739 assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused"); 9740 assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!"); 9741 Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent(); 9742 9743 D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition); 9744 Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg()); 9745 return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP); 9746 } 9747 9748 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) { 9749 Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D); 9750 } 9751 9752 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD, 9753 const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9754 // Don't warn about invalid declarations. 9755 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 9756 return false; 9757 9758 // Or declarations that aren't global. 9759 if (!FD->isGlobal()) 9760 return false; 9761 9762 // Don't warn about C++ member functions. 9763 if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) 9764 return false; 9765 9766 // Don't warn about 'main'. 9767 if (FD->isMain()) 9768 return false; 9769 9770 // Don't warn about inline functions. 9771 if (FD->isInlined()) 9772 return false; 9773 9774 // Don't warn about function templates. 9775 if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) 9776 return false; 9777 9778 // Don't warn about function template specializations. 9779 if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization()) 9780 return false; 9781 9782 // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels. 9783 if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) 9784 return false; 9785 9786 bool MissingPrototype = true; 9787 for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl(); 9788 Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) { 9789 // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method 9790 // scope, because they aren't visible from the header. 9791 if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) 9792 continue; 9793 9794 MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType(); 9795 if (FD->getNumParams() == 0) 9796 PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev; 9797 break; 9798 } 9799 9800 return MissingPrototype; 9801 } 9802 9803 void 9804 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD, 9805 const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) { 9806 // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition 9807 // was an extern inline function. 9808 const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition; 9809 if (!Definition) 9810 if (!FD->isDefined(Definition)) 9811 return; 9812 9813 if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts())) 9814 return; 9815 9816 if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() && 9817 Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern) 9818 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline) 9819 << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus; 9820 else 9821 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName(); 9822 9823 Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 9824 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9825 } 9826 9827 9828 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator, 9829 Sema &S) { 9830 CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent(); 9831 9832 LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope(); 9833 LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator; 9834 LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass; 9835 LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType(); 9836 const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault(); 9837 9838 if (LCD == LCD_None) 9839 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None; 9840 else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy) 9841 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval; 9842 else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef) 9843 LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref; 9844 DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo(); 9845 9846 LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange(); 9847 LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst(); 9848 9849 // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already 9850 // captured within tryCaptureVar. 9851 for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) { 9852 if (C.capturesVariable()) { 9853 VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar(); 9854 if (VD->isInitCapture()) 9855 S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD); 9856 QualType CaptureType = VD->getType(); 9857 const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef; 9858 LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef, 9859 /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(), 9860 /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion() 9861 ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(), 9862 CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9863 9864 } else if (C.capturesThis()) { 9865 LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(), 9866 S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr); 9867 } 9868 } 9869 } 9870 9871 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) { 9872 // Clear the last template instantiation error context. 9873 LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation(); 9874 9875 if (!D) 9876 return D; 9877 FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr; 9878 9879 if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D)) 9880 FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl(); 9881 else 9882 FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D); 9883 // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push 9884 // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack. But use the information 9885 // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current 9886 // LambdaScopeInfo. 9887 // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo, 9888 // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try 9889 // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential 9890 // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to 9891 // have the LSI properly restored. 9892 if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) { 9893 assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() && 9894 "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack " 9895 "when instantiating a generic lambda!"); 9896 RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this); 9897 } 9898 else 9899 // Enter a new function scope 9900 PushFunctionScope(); 9901 9902 // See if this is a redefinition. 9903 if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed()) 9904 CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD); 9905 9906 // Builtin functions cannot be defined. 9907 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 9908 if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) && 9909 !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) { 9910 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD; 9911 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9912 } 9913 } 9914 9915 // The return type of a function definition must be complete 9916 // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6). 9917 QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType(); 9918 if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() && 9919 !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 9920 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType, 9921 diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result)) 9922 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 9923 9924 // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes: 9925 // Warn if a global function is defined without a previous 9926 // prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the 9927 // definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect 9928 // global functions that fail to be declared in header files. 9929 const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr; 9930 if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) { 9931 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD; 9932 9933 if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) { 9934 // We found a declaration that is not a prototype, 9935 // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype 9936 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = 9937 PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) { 9938 TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc(); 9939 if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>()) 9940 Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(), 9941 diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype) 9942 << PossibleZeroParamPrototype 9943 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void"); 9944 } 9945 } 9946 } 9947 9948 if (FnBodyScope) 9949 PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD); 9950 9951 // Check the validity of our function parameters 9952 CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 9953 /*CheckParameterNames=*/true); 9954 9955 // Introduce our parameters into the function scope 9956 for (auto Param : FD->params()) { 9957 Param->setOwningFunction(FD); 9958 9959 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 9960 if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) { 9961 CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param); 9962 9963 PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope); 9964 } 9965 } 9966 9967 // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype, 9968 // introduce them into the function scope. 9969 if (FnBodyScope) { 9970 for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator 9971 I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(), 9972 E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end(); 9973 I != E; ++I) { 9974 NamedDecl *D = *I; 9975 9976 // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit 9977 // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit 9978 // and reattach to the current context. 9979 if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) { 9980 // Is the decl actually in the context? 9981 for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) { 9982 if (DI == D) { 9983 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D); 9984 break; 9985 } 9986 } 9987 // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl. 9988 D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 9989 } 9990 9991 // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope. 9992 if (!D->getName().empty()) 9993 PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 9994 9995 // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them 9996 // accessible in this scope. 9997 if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) { 9998 for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators()) 9999 PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false); 10000 } 10001 } 10002 } 10003 10004 // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated. 10005 if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) 10006 ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT); 10007 10008 // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions. 10009 if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() && 10010 !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) { 10011 assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>()); 10012 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition); 10013 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10014 return D; 10015 } 10016 // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be 10017 // a function template). 10018 ActOnDocumentableDecl(D); 10019 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 10020 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl && 10021 getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation) 10022 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container); 10023 10024 return D; 10025 } 10026 10027 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body, 10028 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value 10029 /// optimization. 10030 /// 10031 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value 10032 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any 10033 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can 10034 /// use the named return value optimization. 10035 /// 10036 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return 10037 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that 10038 /// candidate is an NRVO variable. 10039 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) { 10040 ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data(); 10041 10042 for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) { 10043 if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) { 10044 if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable()) 10045 Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr); 10046 } 10047 } 10048 } 10049 10050 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) { 10051 // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet). 10052 if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified()) 10053 return false; 10054 10055 // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced 10056 // return type (yet). 10057 if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) { 10058 // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type, 10059 // we can still delay parsing it. 10060 if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) { 10061 const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1); 10062 if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function && 10063 Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) { 10064 QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType()); 10065 return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType(); 10066 } 10067 } 10068 return false; 10069 } 10070 10071 return true; 10072 } 10073 10074 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) { 10075 // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is 10076 // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the 10077 // rest of the file. 10078 // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type, 10079 // because any callers of that function need to know the type. 10080 if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction()) 10081 if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) 10082 return false; 10083 return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D); 10084 } 10085 10086 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) { 10087 if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl)) 10088 FD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10089 else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl)) 10090 MD->setHasSkippedBody(); 10091 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr); 10092 } 10093 10094 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) { 10095 return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false); 10096 } 10097 10098 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body, 10099 bool IsInstantiation) { 10100 FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr; 10101 10102 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy(); 10103 sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr; 10104 10105 if (FD) { 10106 FD->setBody(Body); 10107 10108 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body && 10109 !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) { 10110 // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return' 10111 // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and 10112 // the deduced result type is 'void'. 10113 if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) { 10114 Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto) 10115 << FD->getReturnType(); 10116 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10117 } else { 10118 // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type. 10119 TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc(). 10120 IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc(); 10121 Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType( 10122 FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy)); 10123 } 10124 } 10125 10126 // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an 10127 // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this 10128 // is the first declaration. 10129 if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) { 10130 if (!FD->isExternallyVisible()) 10131 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10132 else if (FD->isInlined() && 10133 (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) && 10134 (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())) 10135 UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD); 10136 } 10137 10138 // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked, 10139 // don't complain about missing return statements. 10140 if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>()) 10141 WP.disableCheckFallThrough(); 10142 10143 // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition, 10144 // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct. 10145 if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl()) 10146 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition); 10147 10148 if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10149 // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions. 10150 if (Body) 10151 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end()); 10152 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(), 10153 FD->getReturnType(), FD); 10154 10155 // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable. 10156 if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD)) 10157 MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent()); 10158 10159 // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check 10160 // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around 10161 // to deduce an implicit return type. 10162 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() && 10163 !FD->isDependentContext()) 10164 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10165 } 10166 10167 assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) && 10168 "Function parsing confused"); 10169 } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) { 10170 assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused"); 10171 MD->setBody(Body); 10172 if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) { 10173 DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end()); 10174 DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(), 10175 MD->getReturnType(), MD); 10176 10177 if (Body) 10178 computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction()); 10179 } 10180 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) { 10181 Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call) 10182 << MD->getSelector().getAsString(); 10183 getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false; 10184 } 10185 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) { 10186 const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr; 10187 bool isDesignated = 10188 MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod); 10189 assert(isDesignated && InitMethod); 10190 (void)isDesignated; 10191 10192 auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) { 10193 auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface(); 10194 if (!IFace) 10195 return false; 10196 auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass(); 10197 if (!SuperD) 10198 return false; 10199 return SuperD->getIdentifier() == 10200 NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject); 10201 }; 10202 // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses 10203 // of NSObject. 10204 if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) { 10205 Diag(MD->getLocation(), 10206 diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call); 10207 Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(), 10208 diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here); 10209 } 10210 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false; 10211 } 10212 if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) { 10213 // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits. 10214 if (!MD->isUnavailable()) 10215 Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call); 10216 getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false; 10217 } 10218 } else { 10219 return nullptr; 10220 } 10221 10222 assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper && 10223 "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been " 10224 "handled in the block above."); 10225 10226 // Verify and clean out per-function state. 10227 if (Body) { 10228 // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return 10229 // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14) 10230 // Verify this. 10231 if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body)) 10232 DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body)); 10233 10234 // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally. 10235 if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() && 10236 !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled()) 10237 DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body); 10238 10239 if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) { 10240 if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType()) 10241 CheckDestructor(Destructor); 10242 10243 MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(), 10244 Destructor->getParent()); 10245 } 10246 10247 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10248 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10249 // deletion in some later function. 10250 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() || 10251 getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) { 10252 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10253 } 10254 if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() && 10255 !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) { 10256 // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are 10257 // enabled. 10258 ActivePolicy = &WP; 10259 } 10260 10261 if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && 10262 (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) || 10263 !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body))) 10264 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 10265 10266 assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function"); 10267 assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function"); 10268 assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() && 10269 "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking"); 10270 } 10271 10272 if (!IsInstantiation) 10273 PopDeclContext(); 10274 10275 PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl); 10276 // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have 10277 // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for 10278 // deletion in some later function. 10279 if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) { 10280 DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext(); 10281 } 10282 10283 return dcl; 10284 } 10285 10286 10287 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the 10288 /// relevant Decl. 10289 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D, 10290 ParsedAttributes &Attrs) { 10291 // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl. 10292 if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D)) 10293 D = TD->getTemplatedDecl(); 10294 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList()); 10295 10296 if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) 10297 if (Method->isStatic()) 10298 checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method); 10299 } 10300 10301 10302 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function 10303 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2). 10304 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc, 10305 IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) { 10306 // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined 10307 // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of 10308 // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that 10309 // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it. 10310 if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) { 10311 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev; 10312 Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10313 return ExternCPrev; 10314 } 10315 10316 // Extension in C99. Legal in C90, but warn about it. 10317 unsigned diag_id; 10318 if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_")) 10319 diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown; 10320 else if (getLangOpts().C99) 10321 diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl; 10322 else 10323 diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl; 10324 Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II; 10325 10326 // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit 10327 // function declaration is going to be treated as an error. 10328 if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) { 10329 TypoCorrection Corrected; 10330 DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator; 10331 if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc), 10332 LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator, 10333 CTK_NonError))) 10334 diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion), 10335 /*ErrorRecovery*/false); 10336 } 10337 10338 // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo(); 10339 const char *Dummy; 10340 AttributeFactory attrFactory; 10341 DeclSpec DS(attrFactory); 10342 unsigned DiagID; 10343 bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID, 10344 Context.getPrintingPolicy()); 10345 (void)Error; // Silence warning. 10346 assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!"); 10347 SourceLocation NoLoc; 10348 Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext); 10349 D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false, 10350 /*IsAmbiguous=*/false, 10351 /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10352 /*Params=*/nullptr, 10353 /*NumParams=*/0, 10354 /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc, 10355 /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc, 10356 /*TypeQuals=*/0, 10357 /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true, 10358 /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10359 /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10360 /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc, 10361 /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc, 10362 EST_None, 10363 /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc, 10364 /*Exceptions=*/nullptr, 10365 /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr, 10366 /*NumExceptions=*/0, 10367 /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr, 10368 Loc, Loc, D), 10369 DS.getAttributes(), 10370 SourceLocation()); 10371 D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc); 10372 10373 // Insert this function into translation-unit scope. 10374 10375 DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext; 10376 CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(); 10377 10378 FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D)); 10379 FD->setImplicit(); 10380 10381 CurContext = PrevDC; 10382 10383 AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD); 10384 10385 return FD; 10386 } 10387 10388 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on 10389 /// the declaration of this function. 10390 /// 10391 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins 10392 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions 10393 /// like NSLog or printf. 10394 /// 10395 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written 10396 /// attributes are applied to declarations. 10397 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) { 10398 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) 10399 return; 10400 10401 // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to 10402 // actual attributes. 10403 if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) { 10404 // Handle printf-formatting attributes. 10405 unsigned FormatIdx; 10406 bool HasVAListArg; 10407 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) { 10408 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) { 10409 const char *fmt = "printf"; 10410 unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); 10411 if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf) 10412 FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) 10413 fmt = "NSString"; 10414 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10415 &Context.Idents.get(fmt), 10416 FormatIdx+1, 10417 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10418 FD->getLocation())); 10419 } 10420 } 10421 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, 10422 HasVAListArg)) { 10423 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10424 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10425 &Context.Idents.get("scanf"), 10426 FormatIdx+1, 10427 HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2, 10428 FD->getLocation())); 10429 } 10430 10431 // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only 10432 // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows 10433 // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions. 10434 if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno && 10435 Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) { 10436 if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10437 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10438 } 10439 10440 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) && 10441 !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>()) 10442 FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10443 FD->getLocation())); 10444 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>()) 10445 FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10446 if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>()) 10447 FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation())); 10448 } 10449 10450 IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier(); 10451 if (!Name) 10452 return; 10453 if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 10454 FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) || 10455 (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) && 10456 cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() == 10457 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) { 10458 // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know 10459 // about. 10460 } else 10461 return; 10462 10463 if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) { 10464 // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be 10465 // target-specific builtins, perhaps? 10466 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) 10467 FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 10468 &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2, 10469 Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3, 10470 FD->getLocation())); 10471 } 10472 10473 if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) { 10474 // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString, 10475 // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that. 10476 if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>()) 10477 FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1, 10478 FD->getLocation())); 10479 } 10480 } 10481 10482 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T, 10483 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) { 10484 assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator"); 10485 assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type"); 10486 10487 if (!TInfo) { 10488 assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type"); 10489 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T); 10490 } 10491 10492 // Scope manipulation handled by caller. 10493 TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 10494 D.getLocStart(), 10495 D.getIdentifierLoc(), 10496 D.getIdentifier(), 10497 TInfo); 10498 10499 // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration. 10500 if (D.isInvalidType()) { 10501 NewTD->setInvalidDecl(); 10502 return NewTD; 10503 } 10504 10505 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) { 10506 if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) 10507 Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local) 10508 << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName() 10509 << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()) 10510 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc()); 10511 else 10512 NewTD->setModulePrivate(); 10513 } 10514 10515 // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8: 10516 // If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or 10517 // enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration 10518 // to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the 10519 // class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only. 10520 // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration. 10521 switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) { 10522 case TST_enum: 10523 case TST_struct: 10524 case TST_interface: 10525 case TST_union: 10526 case TST_class: { 10527 TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl()); 10528 10529 // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an 10530 // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group). 10531 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break; 10532 if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break; 10533 10534 // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition. 10535 assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition()); 10536 10537 // The type must match the tag exactly; no qualifiers allowed. 10538 if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec))) 10539 break; 10540 10541 // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then 10542 // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that 10543 // linkage, which might be a serious problem. Diagnose this as 10544 // unsupported and ignore the typedef name. TODO: we should 10545 // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule 10546 // for how to handle it. 10547 if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) { 10548 Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage); 10549 10550 SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc(); 10551 tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc); 10552 10553 llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert; 10554 textToInsert += ' '; 10555 textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName(); 10556 Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage) 10557 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert); 10558 break; 10559 } 10560 10561 // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag. 10562 tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD); 10563 break; 10564 } 10565 10566 default: 10567 break; 10568 } 10569 10570 return NewTD; 10571 } 10572 10573 10574 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration. 10575 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) { 10576 SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(); 10577 QualType T = TI->getType(); 10578 10579 if (T->isDependentType()) 10580 return false; 10581 10582 if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>()) 10583 if (BT->isInteger()) 10584 return false; 10585 10586 Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T; 10587 return true; 10588 } 10589 10590 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration. 10591 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid. 10592 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped, 10593 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy, 10594 const EnumDecl *Prev) { 10595 bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull(); 10596 10597 if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) { 10598 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch) 10599 << Prev->isScoped(); 10600 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10601 return true; 10602 } 10603 10604 if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) { 10605 if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() && 10606 !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() && 10607 !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy, 10608 Prev->getIntegerType())) { 10609 // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration. 10610 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch) 10611 << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType(); 10612 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration) 10613 << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange(); 10614 return true; 10615 } 10616 } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) { 10617 Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch) 10618 << Prev->isFixed(); 10619 Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 10620 return true; 10621 } 10622 10623 return false; 10624 } 10625 10626 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for 10627 /// redeclaration diagnostic message. 10628 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only! 10629 /// 10630 /// \returns diagnostic %select index. 10631 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) { 10632 switch (Tag) { 10633 case TTK_Struct: return 0; 10634 case TTK_Interface: return 1; 10635 case TTK_Class: return 2; 10636 default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!"); 10637 } 10638 } 10639 10640 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with 10641 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface). 10642 /// 10643 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible. 10644 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) 10645 { 10646 return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface; 10647 } 10648 10649 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable 10650 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration. 10651 /// 10652 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise. 10653 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous, 10654 TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition, 10655 SourceLocation NewTagLoc, 10656 const IdentifierInfo &Name) { 10657 // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3: 10658 // The class-key or enum keyword present in the 10659 // elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the 10660 // declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier 10661 // refers. This rule also applies to the form of 10662 // elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or 10663 // friend class since it can be construed as referring to the 10664 // definition of the class. Thus, in any 10665 // elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to 10666 // refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be 10667 // used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or 10668 // struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9) 10669 // declared using the class or struct class-key. 10670 TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind(); 10671 if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) 10672 if (OldTag == NewTag) 10673 return true; 10674 10675 if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) { 10676 // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch. 10677 bool isTemplate = false; 10678 if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous)) 10679 isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate(); 10680 10681 if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) { 10682 // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches 10683 // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem. 10684 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10685 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10686 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10687 return true; 10688 } 10689 10690 if (isDefinition) { 10691 // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each 10692 // one that doesn't match the current tag. 10693 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10694 // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions. 10695 return true; 10696 } 10697 10698 bool previousMismatch = false; 10699 for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) { 10700 if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) { 10701 if (!previousMismatch) { 10702 previousMismatch = true; 10703 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch) 10704 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10705 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind()); 10706 } 10707 Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10708 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) 10709 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(), 10710 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag)); 10711 } 10712 } 10713 return true; 10714 } 10715 10716 // Check for a previous definition. If current tag and definition 10717 // are same type, do nothing. If no definition, but disagree with 10718 // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it. 10719 const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ? 10720 Previous->getDefinition() : Previous; 10721 if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) { 10722 return true; 10723 } 10724 10725 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch) 10726 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name 10727 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag); 10728 Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 10729 10730 // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it. 10731 if (Previous->getDefinition()) { 10732 Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion) 10733 << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind()) 10734 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc), 10735 TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind())); 10736 } 10737 10738 return true; 10739 } 10740 return false; 10741 } 10742 10743 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name 10744 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration. 10745 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet: 10746 /// namespace N { 10747 /// struct X; 10748 /// namespace M { 10749 /// struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; }; 10750 /// } 10751 /// } 10752 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S, 10753 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 10754 // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see 10755 // if we get the same namespace back. If we do not, continue until 10756 // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS. 10757 SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces; 10758 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10759 for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) { 10760 // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by 10761 // other namespaces. Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain. 10762 NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC); 10763 if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace()) 10764 return FixItHint(); 10765 IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier(); 10766 Namespaces.push_back(II); 10767 NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName( 10768 S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName); 10769 if (Lookup == Namespace) 10770 break; 10771 } 10772 10773 // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and 10774 // build an NNS. 10775 SmallString<64> Insertion; 10776 llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion); 10777 if (DC->isTranslationUnit()) 10778 OS << "::"; 10779 std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end()); 10780 for (auto *II : Namespaces) 10781 OS << II->getName() << "::"; 10782 OS.flush(); 10783 return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion); 10784 } 10785 10786 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'. In the 10787 /// former case, Name will be non-null. In the later case, Name will be null. 10788 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a 10789 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag. 10790 /// 10791 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or 10792 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration. 10793 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK, 10794 SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS, 10795 IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc, 10796 AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS, 10797 SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc, 10798 MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists, 10799 bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent, 10800 SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc, 10801 bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, 10802 TypeResult UnderlyingType, 10803 bool IsTypeSpecifier) { 10804 // If this is not a definition, it must have a name. 10805 IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name; 10806 assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) && 10807 "Nameless record must be a definition!"); 10808 assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference); 10809 10810 OwnedDecl = false; 10811 TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec); 10812 bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid(); 10813 10814 // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully. 10815 bool isExplicitSpecialization = false; 10816 bool Invalid = false; 10817 10818 // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters 10819 // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work 10820 // for non-C++ cases. 10821 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 || 10822 (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) { 10823 if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = 10824 MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier( 10825 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists, 10826 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) { 10827 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10828 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template); 10829 return nullptr; 10830 } 10831 10832 if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) { 10833 // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may 10834 // be a member of another template). 10835 10836 if (Invalid) 10837 return nullptr; 10838 10839 OwnedDecl = false; 10840 DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc, 10841 SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr, 10842 TemplateParams, AS, 10843 ModulePrivateLoc, 10844 /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(), 10845 TemplateParameterLists.size()-1, 10846 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 10847 return Result.get(); 10848 } else { 10849 // The "template<>" header is extraneous. 10850 Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams) 10851 << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name; 10852 isExplicitSpecialization = true; 10853 } 10854 } 10855 } 10856 10857 // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do 10858 // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible 10859 // redeclaration. 10860 llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying; 10861 10862 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 10863 if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum)) 10864 // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the 10865 // type, default to int. 10866 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10867 else if (UnderlyingType.get()) { 10868 // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an 10869 // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored. 10870 TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr; 10871 GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI); 10872 EnumUnderlying = TI; 10873 10874 if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI)) 10875 // Recover by falling back to int. 10876 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10877 10878 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI, 10879 UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType)) 10880 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10881 10882 } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10883 // Microsoft enums are always of int type. 10884 EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr(); 10885 } 10886 10887 DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext; 10888 DeclContext *DC = CurContext; 10889 bool isStdBadAlloc = false; 10890 10891 RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration; 10892 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) 10893 Redecl = NotForRedeclaration; 10894 10895 LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl); 10896 if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) { 10897 // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar'). 10898 10899 // Check for invalid 'foo::'. 10900 if (SS.isInvalid()) { 10901 Name = nullptr; 10902 goto CreateNewDecl; 10903 } 10904 10905 // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent 10906 // context, don't try to make a decl for it. 10907 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 10908 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false); 10909 if (!DC) { 10910 IsDependent = true; 10911 return nullptr; 10912 } 10913 } else { 10914 DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true); 10915 if (!DC) { 10916 Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec) 10917 << SS.getRange(); 10918 return nullptr; 10919 } 10920 } 10921 10922 if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC)) 10923 return nullptr; 10924 10925 SearchDC = DC; 10926 // Look-up name inside 'foo::'. 10927 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC); 10928 10929 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 10930 return nullptr; 10931 10932 if (Previous.empty()) { 10933 // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the 10934 // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation, 10935 // and that current instantiation has any dependent base 10936 // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat 10937 // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier. 10938 // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups. 10939 if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() && 10940 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 10941 IsDependent = true; 10942 return nullptr; 10943 } 10944 10945 // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist. 10946 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope) 10947 << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange(); 10948 Name = nullptr; 10949 Invalid = true; 10950 goto CreateNewDecl; 10951 } 10952 } else if (Name) { 10953 // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward 10954 // declaration or definition. 10955 // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we 10956 // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we 10957 // shouldn't be diagnosing. 10958 LookupName(Previous, S); 10959 10960 // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced 10961 // by types using'ed into this scope. 10962 if (Previous.isAmbiguous() && 10963 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) { 10964 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10965 while (F.hasNext()) { 10966 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10967 if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC) 10968 F.erase(); 10969 } 10970 F.done(); 10971 } 10972 10973 // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3: 10974 // If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor 10975 // a template-id and the declaration is a function or an 10976 // elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether 10977 // the entity has been previously declared shall not consider 10978 // any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace. 10979 // 10980 // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag 10981 // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing 10982 // scope. They do implement this rule for friend functions. 10983 // 10984 // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by 10985 // semantic context? 10986 if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) { 10987 DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 10988 LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter(); 10989 bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false; 10990 while (F.hasNext()) { 10991 NamedDecl *ND = F.next(); 10992 DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 10993 if (DC->isFileContext() && 10994 !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) { 10995 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 10996 FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true; 10997 else 10998 F.erase(); 10999 } 11000 } 11001 F.done(); 11002 11003 // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have 11004 // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace. 11005 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) { 11006 NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11007 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace) 11008 << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc); 11009 } 11010 } 11011 11012 // Note: there used to be some attempt at recovery here. 11013 if (Previous.isAmbiguous()) 11014 return nullptr; 11015 11016 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) { 11017 // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated 11018 // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching 11019 // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak 11020 // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this? 11021 while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC)) 11022 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11023 } 11024 } 11025 11026 if (Previous.isSingleResult() && 11027 Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) { 11028 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11029 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11030 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11031 Previous.clear(); 11032 } 11033 11034 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace && 11035 DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) { 11036 // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc". 11037 isStdBadAlloc = true; 11038 11039 if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) { 11040 // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to 11041 // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous 11042 // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately. 11043 Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc()); 11044 } 11045 } 11046 11047 // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference 11048 // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope. In C++, we 11049 // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case 11050 // there's a shadow friend decl. 11051 if (Name && Previous.empty() && 11052 (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) { 11053 if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl; 11054 assert(SS.isEmpty()); 11055 11056 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11057 // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5: 11058 // -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form 11059 // 11060 // class-key identifier 11061 // 11062 // if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the 11063 // decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a 11064 // function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is 11065 // declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains 11066 // the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend 11067 // declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest 11068 // non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the 11069 // declaration. 11070 // 11071 // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for 11072 // C structs and unions. 11073 // 11074 // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum 11075 // type, including via an elaborated type specifier. We'll 11076 // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same 11077 // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type. 11078 // 11079 // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete 11080 // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not. 11081 // 11082 // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag. 11083 // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the 11084 // lexical context, 11085 while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11086 SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent(); 11087 11088 // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag. 11089 while (S->isClassScope() || 11090 (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 11091 S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) || 11092 ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) || 11093 (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())) 11094 S = S->getParent(); 11095 } else { 11096 assert(TUK == TUK_Friend); 11097 // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3: 11098 // If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a 11099 // class or function, the friend class or function is a member of 11100 // the innermost enclosing namespace. 11101 SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext(); 11102 } 11103 11104 // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly 11105 // diagnose some problems. 11106 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11107 Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration); 11108 LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC); 11109 } 11110 } 11111 11112 if (!Previous.empty()) { 11113 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl(); 11114 NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl = 11115 getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl; 11116 11117 // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef 11118 // which hides a tag decl in the same scope. Finding this 11119 // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen 11120 // in C++. 11121 // 11122 // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is 11123 // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is 11124 // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue; 11125 // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407 11126 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11127 if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11128 if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) { 11129 TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl(); 11130 if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name && 11131 Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() 11132 ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) { 11133 PrevDecl = Tag; 11134 Previous.clear(); 11135 Previous.addDecl(Tag); 11136 Previous.resolveKind(); 11137 } 11138 } 11139 } 11140 } 11141 11142 if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11143 // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared 11144 // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or 11145 // rementions the tag), reuse the decl. 11146 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend || 11147 isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11148 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11149 // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a 11150 // struct or something similar. 11151 if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind, 11152 TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc, 11153 *Name)) { 11154 bool SafeToContinue 11155 = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum && 11156 Kind != TTK_Enum); 11157 if (SafeToContinue) 11158 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) 11159 << Name 11160 << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc), 11161 PrevTagDecl->getKindName()); 11162 else 11163 Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name; 11164 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use); 11165 11166 if (SafeToContinue) 11167 Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind(); 11168 else { 11169 // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition. 11170 Name = nullptr; 11171 Previous.clear(); 11172 Invalid = true; 11173 } 11174 } 11175 11176 if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) { 11177 const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl); 11178 11179 // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration, 11180 // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted. 11181 if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11182 if (ScopedEnum) 11183 Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference) 11184 << PrevEnum->isScoped() 11185 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc); 11186 return PrevTagDecl; 11187 } 11188 11189 QualType EnumUnderlyingTy; 11190 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11191 EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType(); 11192 else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>()) 11193 EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0); 11194 11195 // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by 11196 // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition, 11197 // in which case we want the caller to bail out. 11198 if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc, 11199 ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum)) 11200 return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr; 11201 } 11202 11203 // C++11 [class.mem]p1: 11204 // A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification, 11205 // except that a nested class or member class template can be declared 11206 // and then later defined. 11207 if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() && 11208 S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) { 11209 Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared); 11210 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 11211 } 11212 11213 if (!Invalid) { 11214 // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless 11215 // we have attributes. 11216 11217 // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue 11218 // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it. 11219 // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will 11220 // need to be changed with DeclGroups. 11221 if (!Attr && 11222 ((TUK == TUK_Reference && 11223 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)) 11224 || TUK == TUK_Friend)) 11225 return PrevTagDecl; 11226 11227 // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag. 11228 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11229 if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) { 11230 // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition 11231 // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error 11232 // here; we'll catch this in the general case below. 11233 bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false; 11234 if (isExplicitSpecialization) { 11235 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def)) 11236 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11237 RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11238 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11239 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def)) 11240 IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = 11241 ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() != 11242 TSK_ExplicitSpecialization; 11243 } 11244 11245 if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) { 11246 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't 11247 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning. 11248 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope()) 11249 Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name; 11250 else 11251 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name; 11252 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11253 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this 11254 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later 11255 // references get the previous definition. 11256 Name = nullptr; 11257 Previous.clear(); 11258 Invalid = true; 11259 } 11260 } else { 11261 // If the type is currently being defined, complain 11262 // about a nested redefinition. 11263 const TagType *Tag 11264 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl)); 11265 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11266 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name; 11267 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), 11268 diag::note_previous_definition); 11269 Name = nullptr; 11270 Previous.clear(); 11271 Invalid = true; 11272 } 11273 } 11274 11275 // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced 11276 // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it. 11277 } 11278 11279 // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration. If this is some kind 11280 // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC 11281 // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier. 11282 if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) { 11283 SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext(); 11284 AS = AS_none; 11285 } 11286 } 11287 // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we 11288 // have a definition. Just create a new decl. 11289 11290 } else { 11291 // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested 11292 // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a 11293 // new decl/type. We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities 11294 // have distinct types. 11295 Previous.clear(); 11296 } 11297 // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl 11298 // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by 11299 // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition. 11300 11301 11302 // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag 11303 // lookup. This is only actually possible in C++, where a few 11304 // things like templates still live in the tag namespace. 11305 } else { 11306 // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier 11307 // found the wrong kind of type on the first 11308 // (non-redeclaration) lookup. 11309 if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) && 11310 !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) { 11311 unsigned Kind = 0; 11312 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11313 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11314 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11315 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind; 11316 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at); 11317 Invalid = true; 11318 11319 // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope. 11320 } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S, 11321 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) { 11322 // do nothing 11323 11324 // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types. 11325 } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11326 unsigned Kind = 0; 11327 if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11328 else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2; 11329 else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3; 11330 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind; 11331 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11332 Invalid = true; 11333 11334 // Otherwise it's a declaration. Call out a particularly common 11335 // case here. 11336 } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 11337 unsigned Kind = 0; 11338 if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1; 11339 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef) 11340 << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType(); 11341 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl; 11342 Invalid = true; 11343 11344 // Otherwise, diagnose. 11345 } else { 11346 // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope, 11347 // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous. 11348 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name; 11349 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11350 Name = nullptr; 11351 Invalid = true; 11352 } 11353 11354 // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a 11355 // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration. 11356 Previous.clear(); 11357 } 11358 } 11359 11360 CreateNewDecl: 11361 11362 TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11363 if (Previous.isSingleResult()) 11364 PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()); 11365 11366 // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the 11367 // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union 11368 // keyword. 11369 SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc; 11370 11371 // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous 11372 // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via 11373 // PrevDecl. 11374 TagDecl *New; 11375 11376 bool IsForwardReference = false; 11377 if (Kind == TTK_Enum) { 11378 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11379 // enum X { A, B, C } D; D should chain to X. 11380 New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11381 cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum, 11382 ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull()); 11383 // If this is an undefined enum, warn. 11384 if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) { 11385 TagDecl *Def; 11386 if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) && 11387 cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) { 11388 // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration. 11389 // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing. 11390 } 11391 else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) { 11392 Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def) 11393 << New; 11394 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 11395 } else { 11396 unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum; 11397 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) 11398 DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum; 11399 else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 11400 DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum; 11401 Diag(Loc, DiagID); 11402 11403 // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a 11404 // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into 11405 // the declaration context. 11406 if (TUK == TUK_Reference) 11407 IsForwardReference = true; 11408 } 11409 } 11410 11411 if (EnumUnderlying) { 11412 EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New); 11413 if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>()) 11414 ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI); 11415 else 11416 ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0)); 11417 ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType()); 11418 } 11419 11420 } else { 11421 // struct/union/class 11422 11423 // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.: 11424 // struct X { int A; } D; D should chain to X. 11425 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11426 // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs. 11427 New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11428 cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11429 11430 if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit())) 11431 StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New); 11432 } else 11433 New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name, 11434 cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl)); 11435 } 11436 11437 // C++11 [dcl.type]p3: 11438 // A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...]. 11439 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11440 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier) 11441 << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11442 Invalid = true; 11443 } 11444 11445 // Maybe add qualifier info. 11446 if (SS.isNotEmpty()) { 11447 if (SS.isSet()) { 11448 // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the 11449 // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this 11450 // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking 11451 // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to 11452 // CheckMemberSpecialization, below. 11453 if (!isExplicitSpecialization && 11454 (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) && 11455 diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc)) 11456 Invalid = true; 11457 11458 New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context)); 11459 if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) { 11460 New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context, 11461 TemplateParameterLists.size(), 11462 TemplateParameterLists.data()); 11463 } 11464 } 11465 else 11466 Invalid = true; 11467 } 11468 11469 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) { 11470 // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when 11471 // the ASTContext lays out the structure. 11472 // 11473 // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this 11474 // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is 11475 // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at 11476 // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because 11477 // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the 11478 // parsing of the struct). 11479 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) { 11480 AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD); 11481 AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD); 11482 } 11483 } 11484 11485 if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) { 11486 if (isExplicitSpecialization) 11487 Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization) 11488 << 2 11489 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc); 11490 // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only 11491 // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are 11492 // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__. 11493 else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod()) 11494 New->setModulePrivate(); 11495 } 11496 11497 // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template), 11498 // check the specialization. 11499 if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous)) 11500 Invalid = true; 11501 11502 // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C, 11503 // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to 11504 // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope. 11505 if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) && 11506 getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) { 11507 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11508 // C++ [dcl.fct]p6: 11509 // Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types. 11510 if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) { 11511 Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type) 11512 << Name; 11513 Invalid = true; 11514 } 11515 } else { 11516 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New); 11517 } 11518 DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New); 11519 } 11520 11521 if (Invalid) 11522 New->setInvalidDecl(); 11523 11524 if (Attr) 11525 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 11526 11527 // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the 11528 // lexical context will be different from the semantic context. 11529 New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext); 11530 11531 // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable. 11532 // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward 11533 // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make 11534 // the tag name visible. 11535 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) 11536 New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat); 11537 11538 // Set the access specifier. 11539 if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord()) 11540 SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS); 11541 11542 if (TUK == TUK_Definition) 11543 New->startDefinition(); 11544 11545 // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack. 11546 if (TUK == TUK_Friend) { 11547 // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables; 11548 // if so, borrow its access specifier. 11549 if (PrevDecl) 11550 New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess()); 11551 11552 DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext(); 11553 DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11554 if (Name) // can be null along some error paths 11555 if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC)) 11556 PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false); 11557 } else if (Name) { 11558 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 11559 PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference); 11560 if (IsForwardReference) 11561 SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New); 11562 11563 } else { 11564 CurContext->addDecl(New); 11565 } 11566 11567 // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context. 11568 if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier()) 11569 if (!New->isInvalidDecl() && 11570 New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() && 11571 II->isStr("FILE")) 11572 Context.setFILEDecl(New); 11573 11574 if (PrevDecl) 11575 mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl); 11576 11577 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11578 // record. 11579 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New); 11580 11581 OwnedDecl = true; 11582 // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from 11583 // the cases where we make the type anonymous. 11584 return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New; 11585 } 11586 11587 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11588 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11589 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11590 11591 // Enter the tag context. 11592 PushDeclContext(S, Tag); 11593 11594 ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD); 11595 11596 // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this 11597 // record. 11598 AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag); 11599 } 11600 11601 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) { 11602 assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) && 11603 "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl"); 11604 DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl); 11605 assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext && 11606 "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one."); 11607 CurContext = OCD; 11608 return IDecl; 11609 } 11610 11611 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11612 SourceLocation FinalLoc, 11613 bool IsFinalSpelledSealed, 11614 SourceLocation LBraceLoc) { 11615 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11616 CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD); 11617 11618 FieldCollector->StartClass(); 11619 11620 if (!Record->getIdentifier()) 11621 return; 11622 11623 if (FinalLoc.isValid()) 11624 Record->addAttr(new (Context) 11625 FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed)); 11626 11627 // C++ [class]p2: 11628 // [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the 11629 // class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For 11630 // purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated 11631 // as if it were a public member name. 11632 CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName 11633 = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext, 11634 Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(), 11635 Record->getIdentifier(), 11636 /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr, 11637 /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true); 11638 Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record); 11639 InjectedClassName->setImplicit(); 11640 InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public); 11641 if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate()) 11642 InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template); 11643 PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S); 11644 assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() && 11645 "Broken injected-class-name"); 11646 } 11647 11648 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, 11649 SourceLocation RBraceLoc) { 11650 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11651 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11652 Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc); 11653 11654 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11655 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11656 assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it"); 11657 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11658 RD->completeDefinition(); 11659 } 11660 11661 if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) 11662 FieldCollector->FinishClass(); 11663 11664 // Exit this scope of this tag's definition. 11665 PopDeclContext(); 11666 11667 if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() && 11668 Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext()) 11669 Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer(); 11670 11671 // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag. 11672 if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl()) 11673 Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag); 11674 } 11675 11676 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() { 11677 // Exit this scope of this interface definition. 11678 PopDeclContext(); 11679 } 11680 11681 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11682 assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts"); 11683 OriginalLexicalContext = DC; 11684 ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition(); 11685 } 11686 11687 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) { 11688 ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC)); 11689 OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr; 11690 } 11691 11692 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) { 11693 AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD); 11694 TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD); 11695 Tag->setInvalidDecl(); 11696 11697 // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid. 11698 if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) { 11699 if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag)) 11700 RD->completeDefinition(); 11701 } 11702 11703 // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not 11704 // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with 11705 // the FieldCollector. 11706 11707 PopDeclContext(); 11708 } 11709 11710 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields. 11711 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc, 11712 IdentifierInfo *FieldName, 11713 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct, 11714 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) { 11715 // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness 11716 if (ZeroWidth) 11717 *ZeroWidth = true; 11718 11719 // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type. 11720 // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type. 11721 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) { 11722 // Handle incomplete types with specific error. 11723 if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) 11724 return ExprError(); 11725 if (FieldName) 11726 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield) 11727 << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11728 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield) 11729 << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange(); 11730 } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth), 11731 UPPC_BitFieldWidth)) 11732 return ExprError(); 11733 11734 // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check 11735 // it now. 11736 if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent()) 11737 return BitWidth; 11738 11739 llvm::APSInt Value; 11740 ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value); 11741 if (ICE.isInvalid()) 11742 return ICE; 11743 BitWidth = ICE.get(); 11744 11745 if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth) 11746 *ZeroWidth = false; 11747 11748 // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field. 11749 if (Value == 0 && FieldName) 11750 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName; 11751 11752 if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) { 11753 if (FieldName) 11754 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11755 << FieldName << Value.toString(10); 11756 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width) 11757 << Value.toString(10); 11758 } 11759 11760 if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) { 11761 uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy); 11762 if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) { 11763 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct || 11764 Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) { 11765 if (FieldName) 11766 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11767 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11768 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11769 11770 return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11771 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11772 } 11773 11774 if (FieldName) 11775 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11776 << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() 11777 << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11778 else 11779 Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size) 11780 << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize; 11781 } 11782 } 11783 11784 return BitWidth; 11785 } 11786 11787 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order 11788 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it. 11789 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart, 11790 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) { 11791 FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD), 11792 DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth), 11793 /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public); 11794 return Res; 11795 } 11796 11797 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member. 11798 /// 11799 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record, 11800 SourceLocation DeclStart, 11801 Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth, 11802 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11803 AccessSpecifier AS) { 11804 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 11805 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 11806 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 11807 11808 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 11809 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 11810 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 11811 CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D); 11812 11813 if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo, 11814 UPPC_DataMemberType)) { 11815 D.setInvalidType(); 11816 T = Context.IntTy; 11817 TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc); 11818 } 11819 } 11820 11821 // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces. 11822 if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) { 11823 Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space); 11824 D.setInvalidType(); 11825 } 11826 11827 // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r: 11828 // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field. 11829 if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) { 11830 Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field); 11831 D.setInvalidType(); 11832 } 11833 11834 DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec()); 11835 11836 if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) 11837 Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), 11838 diag::err_invalid_thread) 11839 << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS); 11840 11841 // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously 11842 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr; 11843 LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration); 11844 LookupName(Previous, S); 11845 switch (Previous.getResultKind()) { 11846 case LookupResult::Found: 11847 case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue: 11848 PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>(); 11849 break; 11850 11851 case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded: 11852 PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl(); 11853 break; 11854 11855 case LookupResult::NotFound: 11856 case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: 11857 case LookupResult::Ambiguous: 11858 break; 11859 } 11860 Previous.suppressDiagnostics(); 11861 11862 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 11863 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 11864 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl); 11865 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 11866 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11867 } 11868 11869 if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S)) 11870 PrevDecl = nullptr; 11871 11872 bool Mutable 11873 = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable); 11874 SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart(); 11875 FieldDecl *NewFD 11876 = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle, 11877 TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D); 11878 11879 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) 11880 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11881 11882 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 11883 NewFD->setModulePrivate(); 11884 11885 if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) { 11886 // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something 11887 // with the same name in the same scope. 11888 } else if (II) { 11889 PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S); 11890 } else 11891 Record->addDecl(NewFD); 11892 11893 return NewFD; 11894 } 11895 11896 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness. 11897 /// 11898 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type, 11899 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration 11900 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be 11901 /// created. 11902 /// 11903 /// \returns a new FieldDecl. 11904 /// 11905 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once 11906 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T, 11907 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, 11908 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc, 11909 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth, 11910 InClassInitStyle InitStyle, 11911 SourceLocation TSSL, 11912 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl, 11913 Declarator *D) { 11914 IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(); 11915 bool InvalidDecl = false; 11916 if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType(); 11917 11918 // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and 11919 // marking this declaration as invalid. 11920 if (T.isNull()) { 11921 InvalidDecl = true; 11922 T = Context.IntTy; 11923 } 11924 11925 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T); 11926 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 11927 if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 11928 // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid. 11929 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11930 InvalidDecl = true; 11931 } else { 11932 NamedDecl *Def; 11933 EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def); 11934 if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) { 11935 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 11936 InvalidDecl = true; 11937 } 11938 } 11939 } 11940 11941 // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported. 11942 if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) { 11943 Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields); 11944 InvalidDecl = true; 11945 } 11946 11947 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 11948 // than a variably modified type. 11949 if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 11950 bool SizeIsNegative; 11951 llvm::APSInt Oversized; 11952 11953 TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = 11954 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context, 11955 SizeIsNegative, 11956 Oversized); 11957 if (FixedTInfo) { 11958 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size); 11959 TInfo = FixedTInfo; 11960 T = FixedTInfo->getType(); 11961 } else { 11962 if (SizeIsNegative) 11963 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size); 11964 else if (Oversized.getBoolValue()) 11965 Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large) 11966 << Oversized.toString(10); 11967 else 11968 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size); 11969 InvalidDecl = true; 11970 } 11971 } 11972 11973 // Fields can not have abstract class types 11974 if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T, 11975 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 11976 AbstractFieldType)) 11977 InvalidDecl = true; 11978 11979 bool ZeroWidth = false; 11980 // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field. 11981 if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) { 11982 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth, 11983 &ZeroWidth).get(); 11984 if (!BitWidth) { 11985 InvalidDecl = true; 11986 BitWidth = nullptr; 11987 ZeroWidth = false; 11988 } 11989 } 11990 11991 // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration. 11992 if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) { 11993 unsigned DiagID = 0; 11994 if (T->isReferenceType()) 11995 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference; 11996 else if (T.isConstQualified()) 11997 DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const; 11998 11999 if (DiagID) { 12000 SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc; 12001 if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid()) 12002 ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(); 12003 Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID); 12004 Mutable = false; 12005 InvalidDecl = true; 12006 } 12007 } 12008 12009 // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460): 12010 // At most one variant member of a union may have a 12011 // brace-or-equal-initializer. 12012 if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit) 12013 checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc); 12014 12015 FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo, 12016 BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle); 12017 if (InvalidDecl) 12018 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12019 12020 if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12021 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12022 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12023 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12024 } 12025 12026 if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12027 if (Record->isUnion()) { 12028 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12029 CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12030 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12031 // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial 12032 // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial 12033 // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator 12034 // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such 12035 // objects. 12036 if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD)) 12037 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12038 } 12039 } 12040 12041 // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type, 12042 // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions 12043 // enabled. 12044 if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) { 12045 Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ? 12046 diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type : 12047 diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type) 12048 << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy; 12049 if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) 12050 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12051 } 12052 } 12053 } 12054 12055 // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST 12056 // representation, not a parser representation. 12057 if (D) { 12058 // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here. 12059 ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D); 12060 12061 if (NewFD->hasAttrs()) 12062 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD); 12063 } 12064 12065 // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of 12066 // retainable type. 12067 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD)) 12068 NewFD->setInvalidDecl(); 12069 12070 if (T.isObjCGCWeak()) 12071 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field); 12072 12073 NewFD->setAccess(AS); 12074 return NewFD; 12075 } 12076 12077 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) { 12078 assert(FD); 12079 assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++"); 12080 12081 if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType()) 12082 return false; 12083 12084 QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12085 if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12086 CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl()); 12087 if (RDecl->getDefinition()) { 12088 // We check for copy constructors before constructors 12089 // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about 12090 // copy constructors. 12091 12092 CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid; 12093 // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the 12094 // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any 12095 // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a 12096 // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't 12097 // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.) 12098 if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor()) 12099 member = CXXCopyConstructor; 12100 else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor()) 12101 member = CXXDefaultConstructor; 12102 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment()) 12103 member = CXXCopyAssignment; 12104 else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor()) 12105 member = CXXDestructor; 12106 12107 if (member != CXXInvalid) { 12108 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && 12109 getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) { 12110 // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of 12111 // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs 12112 // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions, 12113 // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those 12114 // members unavailable. 12115 SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation(); 12116 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) { 12117 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) 12118 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12119 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12120 Loc)); 12121 return false; 12122 } 12123 } 12124 12125 Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ? 12126 diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member : 12127 diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member) 12128 << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member; 12129 DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member); 12130 return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11; 12131 } 12132 } 12133 } 12134 12135 return false; 12136 } 12137 12138 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an 12139 /// AST enum value. 12140 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl 12141 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) { 12142 switch (ivarVisibility) { 12143 default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind"); 12144 case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private; 12145 case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public; 12146 case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected; 12147 case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package; 12148 } 12149 } 12150 12151 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this 12152 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it. 12153 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S, 12154 SourceLocation DeclStart, 12155 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth, 12156 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) { 12157 12158 IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier(); 12159 Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth; 12160 SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart; 12161 if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc(); 12162 12163 // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for 12164 // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace! 12165 12166 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S); 12167 QualType T = TInfo->getType(); 12168 12169 if (BitWidth) { 12170 // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4 12171 BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get(); 12172 if (!BitWidth) 12173 D.setInvalidType(); 12174 } else { 12175 // Not a bitfield. 12176 12177 // validate II. 12178 12179 } 12180 if (T->isReferenceType()) { 12181 Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type); 12182 D.setInvalidType(); 12183 } 12184 // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other 12185 // than a variably modified type. 12186 else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) { 12187 Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size); 12188 D.setInvalidType(); 12189 } 12190 12191 // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar. 12192 ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac = 12193 Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility) 12194 : ObjCIvarDecl::None; 12195 // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface. 12196 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext); 12197 if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl()) 12198 return nullptr; 12199 ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext; 12200 if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12201 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12202 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) { 12203 // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class. 12204 EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface(); 12205 assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!"); 12206 } 12207 else 12208 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12209 } else { 12210 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12211 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12212 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) { 12213 Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension(); 12214 return nullptr; 12215 } 12216 } 12217 EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl; 12218 } 12219 12220 // Construct the decl. 12221 ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext, 12222 DeclStart, Loc, II, T, 12223 TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth); 12224 12225 if (II) { 12226 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, 12227 ForRedeclaration); 12228 if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S) 12229 && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) { 12230 Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II; 12231 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration); 12232 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12233 } 12234 } 12235 12236 // Process attributes attached to the ivar. 12237 ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D); 12238 12239 if (D.isInvalidType()) 12240 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12241 12242 // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type. 12243 if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID)) 12244 NewID->setInvalidDecl(); 12245 12246 if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) 12247 NewID->setModulePrivate(); 12248 12249 if (II) { 12250 // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add 12251 // these to the interface. 12252 S->AddDecl(NewID); 12253 IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID); 12254 } 12255 12256 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() && 12257 !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) 12258 Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface); 12259 12260 return NewID; 12261 } 12262 12263 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for 12264 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class 12265 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type, 12266 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface. 12267 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc, 12268 SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) { 12269 if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty()) 12270 return; 12271 12272 Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1]; 12273 ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl); 12274 12275 if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0) 12276 return; 12277 ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext); 12278 if (!ID) { 12279 if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) { 12280 if (!CD->IsClassExtension()) 12281 return; 12282 } 12283 // No need to add this to end of @implementation. 12284 else 12285 return; 12286 } 12287 // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars. 12288 llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0); 12289 Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc); 12290 12291 Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext), 12292 DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr, 12293 Context.CharTy, 12294 Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy, 12295 DeclLoc), 12296 ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW, 12297 true); 12298 AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar); 12299 } 12300 12301 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl, 12302 ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac, 12303 SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) { 12304 assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl"); 12305 12306 // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have 12307 // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since 12308 // it will now change. 12309 if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12310 ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12311 switch (DC->getKind()) { 12312 default: break; 12313 case Decl::ObjCCategory: 12314 Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12315 break; 12316 case Decl::ObjCImplementation: 12317 Context. 12318 ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface()); 12319 break; 12320 } 12321 } 12322 12323 RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl); 12324 12325 // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include 12326 // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total. 12327 unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0; 12328 if (Record) { 12329 for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) { 12330 if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I)) 12331 if (IFD->getDeclName()) 12332 ++NumNamedMembers; 12333 } 12334 } 12335 12336 // Verify that all the fields are okay. 12337 SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields; 12338 12339 bool ARCErrReported = false; 12340 for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end(); 12341 i != end; ++i) { 12342 FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i); 12343 12344 // Get the type for the field. 12345 const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr(); 12346 12347 if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) { 12348 // Remember all fields written by the user. 12349 RecFields.push_back(FD); 12350 } 12351 12352 // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more 12353 // diagnostics about it. 12354 if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) { 12355 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12356 continue; 12357 } 12358 12359 // C99 6.7.2.1p2: 12360 // A structure or union shall not contain a member with 12361 // incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not 12362 // contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to 12363 // an instance of itself), except that the last member of a 12364 // structure with more than one named member may have incomplete 12365 // array type; such a structure (and any union containing, 12366 // possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure) 12367 // shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an 12368 // array. 12369 if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) { 12370 // Field declared as a function. 12371 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function) 12372 << FD->getDeclName(); 12373 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12374 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12375 continue; 12376 } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record && 12377 ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) || 12378 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt || 12379 getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) && 12380 (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) { 12381 // Flexible array member. 12382 // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array. 12383 // It will accept flexible array in union and also 12384 // as the sole element of a struct/class. 12385 unsigned DiagID = 0; 12386 if (Record->isUnion()) 12387 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12388 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms 12389 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12390 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu 12391 : diag::err_flexible_array_union; 12392 else if (Fields.size() == 1) 12393 DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt 12394 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms 12395 : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus 12396 ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu 12397 : NumNamedMembers < 1 12398 ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate 12399 : 0; 12400 12401 if (DiagID) 12402 Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName() 12403 << Record->getTagKind(); 12404 // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified 12405 // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place 12406 // virtual bases after the derived members. This would make a flexible 12407 // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end 12408 // of the type. 12409 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) 12410 if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0) 12411 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base) 12412 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12413 if (!getLangOpts().C99) 12414 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member) 12415 << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind(); 12416 12417 // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not 12418 // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now. 12419 // 12420 // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete 12421 // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this. 12422 QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12423 if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) { 12424 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor) 12425 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12426 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12427 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12428 continue; 12429 } 12430 // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct. 12431 if (Record) 12432 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12433 } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() && 12434 RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12435 diag::err_field_incomplete)) { 12436 // Incomplete type 12437 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12438 EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl(); 12439 continue; 12440 } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) { 12441 if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) { 12442 // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible". 12443 if (Record && Record->isUnion()) { 12444 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12445 } else { 12446 // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject 12447 // it. Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of 12448 // structures. 12449 if (i + 1 != Fields.end()) 12450 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct) 12451 << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType(); 12452 else { 12453 // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in 12454 // other structs as an extension. 12455 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct) 12456 << FD->getDeclName(); 12457 if (Record) 12458 Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true); 12459 } 12460 } 12461 } 12462 if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) && 12463 RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(), 12464 diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, 12465 AbstractIvarType)) { 12466 // Ivars can not have abstract class types 12467 FD->setInvalidDecl(); 12468 } 12469 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12470 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12471 if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember()) 12472 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12473 } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) { 12474 /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object 12475 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object) 12476 << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*"); 12477 QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType()); 12478 FD->setType(T); 12479 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported && 12480 (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) { 12481 // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime. 12482 // We don't want to report this in a system header, though, 12483 // so we just make the field unavailable. 12484 // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type 12485 // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy. 12486 QualType T = FD->getType(); 12487 Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime(); 12488 if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) { 12489 SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation(); 12490 if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) { 12491 if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) { 12492 FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 12493 "this system field has retaining ownership", 12494 loc)); 12495 } 12496 } else { 12497 Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag) 12498 << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind(); 12499 } 12500 ARCErrReported = true; 12501 } 12502 } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 && 12503 getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC && 12504 Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) { 12505 if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12506 FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong()) 12507 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12508 else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) { 12509 QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType()); 12510 if (BaseType->isRecordType() && 12511 BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember()) 12512 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12513 else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() || 12514 BaseType.isObjCGCStrong()) 12515 Record->setHasObjectMember(true); 12516 } 12517 } 12518 if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified()) 12519 Record->setHasVolatileMember(true); 12520 // Keep track of the number of named members. 12521 if (FD->getIdentifier()) 12522 ++NumNamedMembers; 12523 } 12524 12525 // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'. 12526 if (Record) { 12527 bool Completed = false; 12528 if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) { 12529 if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) { 12530 // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions. 12531 for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator 12532 I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(), 12533 E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I) 12534 I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess()); 12535 12536 if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) { 12537 if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) { 12538 // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec. 12539 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) 12540 AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord, 12541 CXXRecord->getDestructor()); 12542 } 12543 12544 // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class. 12545 AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord); 12546 12547 // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple 12548 // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this 12549 // problem now. 12550 if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) { 12551 CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders; 12552 CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders); 12553 12554 for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(), 12555 MEnd = FinalOverriders.end(); 12556 M != MEnd; ++M) { 12557 for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(), 12558 SOEnd = M->second.end(); 12559 SO != SOEnd; ++SO) { 12560 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 && 12561 "Virtual function without overridding functions?"); 12562 if (SO->second.size() == 1) 12563 continue; 12564 12565 // C++ [class.virtual]p2: 12566 // In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base 12567 // class subobject has more than one final overrider the 12568 // program is ill-formed. 12569 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders) 12570 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record; 12571 Diag(M->first->getLocation(), 12572 diag::note_overridden_virtual_function); 12573 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator 12574 OM = SO->second.begin(), 12575 OMEnd = SO->second.end(); 12576 OM != OMEnd; ++OM) 12577 Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider) 12578 << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent(); 12579 12580 Record->setInvalidDecl(); 12581 } 12582 } 12583 CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders); 12584 Completed = true; 12585 } 12586 } 12587 } 12588 } 12589 12590 if (!Completed) 12591 Record->completeDefinition(); 12592 12593 if (Record->hasAttrs()) { 12594 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record); 12595 12596 if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>()) 12597 checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), 12598 IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(), 12599 IA->getSemanticSpelling()); 12600 } 12601 12602 // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero 12603 // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause 12604 // compatibility problems. 12605 bool CheckForZeroSize; 12606 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12607 CheckForZeroSize = true; 12608 } else { 12609 // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code. 12610 CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record); 12611 CheckForZeroSize = 12612 CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() && 12613 !CXXRecord->isDependentType() && 12614 CXXRecord->isCLike(); 12615 } 12616 if (CheckForZeroSize) { 12617 bool ZeroSize = true; 12618 bool IsEmpty = true; 12619 unsigned NonBitFields = 0; 12620 for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(), 12621 E = Record->field_end(); 12622 (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) { 12623 IsEmpty = false; 12624 if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) { 12625 if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0) 12626 ZeroSize = false; 12627 } else { 12628 ++NonBitFields; 12629 QualType FieldType = I->getType(); 12630 if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() || 12631 !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero()) 12632 ZeroSize = false; 12633 } 12634 } 12635 12636 // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are 12637 // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside 12638 // extern "C" block. 12639 if (ZeroSize) { 12640 Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ? 12641 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c : 12642 diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat) 12643 << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1); 12644 } 12645 12646 // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7), 12647 // but are accepted by GCC. 12648 if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12649 Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union : 12650 diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union) 12651 << Record->isUnion(); 12652 } 12653 } 12654 } else { 12655 ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields = 12656 reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data()); 12657 if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12658 ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac); 12659 // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext. 12660 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12661 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID); 12662 ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12663 } 12664 // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be 12665 // duplicates. 12666 if (ID->getSuperClass()) 12667 DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass()); 12668 } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl = 12669 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12670 assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl"); 12671 for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I) 12672 // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation. 12673 // Only it is in implementation's lexical context. 12674 ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl); 12675 CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac); 12676 IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12677 IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12678 } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl = 12679 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) { 12680 // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been 12681 // reported as errors elsewhere. 12682 // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field. 12683 // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac); 12684 // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext. 12685 // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars. 12686 ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface(); 12687 for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) { 12688 if (IDecl) { 12689 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar = 12690 IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12691 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12692 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12693 Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12694 continue; 12695 } 12696 for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) { 12697 if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar 12698 = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) { 12699 Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(), 12700 diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration); 12701 Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12702 continue; 12703 } 12704 } 12705 } 12706 ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl); 12707 CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]); 12708 } 12709 CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac); 12710 CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac); 12711 } 12712 } 12713 12714 if (Attr) 12715 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr); 12716 } 12717 12718 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within 12719 /// the given type T. 12720 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context, 12721 llvm::APSInt &Value, 12722 QualType T) { 12723 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12724 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T); 12725 12726 if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) { 12727 if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()) 12728 --BitWidth; 12729 return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth; 12730 } 12731 return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth; 12732 } 12733 12734 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type 12735 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists). 12736 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) { 12737 // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into 12738 // enum checking below. 12739 assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!"); 12740 const unsigned NumTypes = 4; 12741 QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12742 Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy 12743 }; 12744 QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = { 12745 Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy, 12746 Context.UnsignedLongLongTy 12747 }; 12748 12749 unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T); 12750 QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes 12751 : UnsignedIntegralTypes; 12752 for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I) 12753 if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth) 12754 return Types[I]; 12755 12756 return QualType(); 12757 } 12758 12759 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum, 12760 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst, 12761 SourceLocation IdLoc, 12762 IdentifierInfo *Id, 12763 Expr *Val) { 12764 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 12765 llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth); 12766 QualType EltTy; 12767 12768 if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue)) 12769 Val = nullptr; 12770 12771 if (Val) 12772 Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get(); 12773 12774 if (Val) { 12775 if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent()) 12776 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12777 else { 12778 SourceLocation ExpLoc; 12779 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() && 12780 !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12781 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the 12782 // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted 12783 // constant expression of the underlying type. 12784 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12785 ExprResult Converted = 12786 CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal, 12787 CCEK_Enumerator); 12788 if (Converted.isInvalid()) 12789 Val = nullptr; 12790 else 12791 Val = Converted.get(); 12792 } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() && 12793 !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val, 12794 &EnumVal).get())) { 12795 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression. 12796 } else { 12797 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12798 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12799 12800 // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be 12801 // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11, 12802 // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant 12803 // expression checking. 12804 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12805 if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) { 12806 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12807 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12808 } else 12809 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy; 12810 } else 12811 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12812 } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) { 12813 // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: 12814 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12815 // is the type of its initializing value: 12816 // - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the 12817 // initializing value has the same type as the expression. 12818 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12819 } else { 12820 // C99 6.7.2.2p2: 12821 // The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant 12822 // shall be an integer constant expression that has a value 12823 // representable as an int. 12824 12825 // Complain if the value is not representable in an int. 12826 if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy)) 12827 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12828 << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange() 12829 << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative()); 12830 else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) { 12831 // Force the type of the expression to 'int'. 12832 Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get(); 12833 } 12834 EltTy = Val->getType(); 12835 } 12836 } 12837 } 12838 } 12839 12840 if (!Val) { 12841 if (Enum->isDependentType()) 12842 EltTy = Context.DependentTy; 12843 else if (!LastEnumConst) { 12844 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12845 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12846 // is the type of its initializing value: 12847 // - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the 12848 // initializing value has an unspecified integral type. 12849 // 12850 // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does 12851 // C99 6.7.2.2p3. 12852 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 12853 EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType(); 12854 } 12855 else { 12856 EltTy = Context.IntTy; 12857 } 12858 } else { 12859 // Assign the last value + 1. 12860 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12861 ++EnumVal; 12862 EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType(); 12863 12864 // Check for overflow on increment. 12865 if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) { 12866 // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5: 12867 // If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator 12868 // is the type of its initializing value: 12869 // 12870 // - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as 12871 // the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator 12872 // unless the incremented value is not representable in that type, 12873 // in which case the type is an unspecified integral type 12874 // sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type 12875 // exists, the program is ill-formed. 12876 QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy); 12877 if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) { 12878 // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this 12879 // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around. 12880 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12881 EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2); 12882 ++EnumVal; 12883 if (Enum->isFixed()) 12884 // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed. 12885 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped) 12886 << EnumVal.toString(10) 12887 << EltTy; 12888 else 12889 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large) 12890 << EnumVal.toString(10); 12891 } else { 12892 EltTy = T; 12893 } 12894 12895 // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the 12896 // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented 12897 // value, then increment. 12898 EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal(); 12899 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12900 EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12901 ++EnumVal; 12902 12903 // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values, 12904 // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in 12905 // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that 12906 // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger 12907 // integral type. 12908 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull()) 12909 Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow); 12910 } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 12911 !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) { 12912 // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value. 12913 Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int) 12914 << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1; 12915 } 12916 } 12917 } 12918 12919 if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) { 12920 // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the 12921 // enumerator's type. 12922 EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy)); 12923 EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()); 12924 } 12925 12926 return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy, 12927 Val, EnumVal); 12928 } 12929 12930 12931 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst, 12932 SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id, 12933 AttributeList *Attr, 12934 SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) { 12935 EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl); 12936 EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst = 12937 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst); 12938 12939 // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope. Zip up the scope tree until 12940 // we find one that is. 12941 S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S); 12942 12943 // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this 12944 // scope. 12945 NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName, 12946 ForRedeclaration); 12947 if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) { 12948 // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter. 12949 DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl); 12950 // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration. 12951 PrevDecl = nullptr; 12952 } 12953 12954 if (PrevDecl) { 12955 // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the 12956 // enum constant will 'hide' the tag. 12957 assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) && 12958 "Received TagDecl when not in C++!"); 12959 if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) { 12960 if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl)) 12961 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id; 12962 else 12963 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id; 12964 Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition); 12965 return nullptr; 12966 } 12967 } 12968 12969 // C++ [class.mem]p15: 12970 // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name 12971 // different from T: 12972 // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped 12973 // enumerated type 12974 if (CXXRecordDecl *Record 12975 = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>( 12976 TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) 12977 if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() && 12978 Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id) 12979 Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id; 12980 12981 EnumConstantDecl *New = 12982 CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val); 12983 12984 if (New) { 12985 // Process attributes. 12986 if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr); 12987 12988 // Register this decl in the current scope stack. 12989 New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess()); 12990 PushOnScopeChains(New, S); 12991 } 12992 12993 ActOnDocumentableDecl(New); 12994 12995 return New; 12996 } 12997 12998 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the 12999 // duplicate enum warning. A few common cases are exempted as follows: 13000 // Element2 = Element1 13001 // Element2 = Element1 + 1 13002 // Element2 = Element1 - 1 13003 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum. 13004 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) { 13005 Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr(); 13006 if (!InitExpr) 13007 return true; 13008 InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts(); 13009 13010 if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) { 13011 if (!BO->isAdditiveOp()) 13012 return true; 13013 IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS()); 13014 if (!IL) 13015 return true; 13016 if (IL->getValue() != 1) 13017 return true; 13018 13019 InitExpr = BO->getLHS(); 13020 } 13021 13022 // This checks if the elements are from the same enum. 13023 DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr); 13024 if (!DRE) 13025 return true; 13026 13027 EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl()); 13028 if (!EnumConstant) 13029 return true; 13030 13031 if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) != 13032 Enum) 13033 return true; 13034 13035 return false; 13036 } 13037 13038 struct DupKey { 13039 int64_t val; 13040 bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey; 13041 DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) 13042 : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {} 13043 }; 13044 13045 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) { 13046 return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(), 13047 false); 13048 } 13049 13050 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey { 13051 static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); } 13052 static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); } 13053 static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) { 13054 return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37); 13055 } 13056 static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) { 13057 return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey && 13058 LHS.val == RHS.val; 13059 } 13060 }; 13061 13062 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that 13063 // a previous element has already been set to. 13064 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13065 EnumDecl *Enum, 13066 QualType EnumType) { 13067 if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation())) 13068 return; 13069 // Avoid anonymous enums 13070 if (!Enum->getIdentifier()) 13071 return; 13072 13073 // Only check for small enums. 13074 if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64) 13075 return; 13076 13077 typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector; 13078 typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector; 13079 13080 typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector; 13081 typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey> 13082 ValueToVectorMap; 13083 13084 DuplicatesVector DupVector; 13085 ValueToVectorMap EnumMap; 13086 13087 // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without 13088 // an initialier. 13089 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13090 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13091 13092 // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for 13093 // this constant. Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed. 13094 if (!ECD) { 13095 return; 13096 } 13097 13098 if (ECD->getInitExpr()) 13099 continue; 13100 13101 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13102 DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13103 13104 // First time encountering this value. 13105 if (Entry.isNull()) 13106 Entry = ECD; 13107 } 13108 13109 // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates. 13110 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13111 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13112 if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum)) 13113 continue; 13114 13115 DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal()); 13116 13117 DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key]; 13118 if (Entry.isNull()) 13119 continue; 13120 13121 if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) { 13122 // Ensure constants are different. 13123 if (D == ECD) 13124 continue; 13125 13126 // Create new vector and push values onto it. 13127 ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector(); 13128 Vec->push_back(D); 13129 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13130 13131 // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector. 13132 Entry = Vec; 13133 13134 // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of 13135 // diagnostics. 13136 DupVector.push_back(Vec); 13137 continue; 13138 } 13139 13140 ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>(); 13141 // Make sure constants are not added more than once. 13142 if (*Vec->begin() == ECD) 13143 continue; 13144 13145 Vec->push_back(ECD); 13146 } 13147 13148 // Emit diagnostics. 13149 for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(), 13150 DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end(); 13151 DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) { 13152 ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter; 13153 assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements."); 13154 13155 // Emit warning for one enum constant. 13156 ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin(); 13157 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values) 13158 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13159 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13160 ++I; 13161 13162 // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with 13163 // the same value. 13164 for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I) 13165 S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element) 13166 << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10) 13167 << (*I)->getSourceRange(); 13168 delete Vec; 13169 } 13170 } 13171 13172 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc, 13173 SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX, 13174 ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements, 13175 Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) { 13176 EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX); 13177 QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum); 13178 13179 if (Attr) 13180 ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr); 13181 13182 if (Enum->isDependentType()) { 13183 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13184 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13185 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13186 if (!ECD) continue; 13187 13188 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13189 } 13190 13191 Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0); 13192 return; 13193 } 13194 13195 // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long 13196 // long value. ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension, 13197 // emit a warning. 13198 unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth(); 13199 unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth(); 13200 unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth(); 13201 13202 // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and 13203 // reverse the list. 13204 unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0; 13205 unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0; 13206 13207 // Keep track of whether all elements have type int. 13208 bool AllElementsInt = true; 13209 13210 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13211 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = 13212 cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13213 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13214 13215 const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13216 13217 // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values. 13218 if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative()) 13219 NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits, 13220 (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits()); 13221 else 13222 NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits, 13223 (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits()); 13224 13225 // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon). 13226 if (AllElementsInt) 13227 AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy; 13228 } 13229 13230 // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum. 13231 QualType BestType; 13232 unsigned BestWidth; 13233 13234 // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3: 13235 // An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying 13236 // type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first 13237 // of the following types that can represent all the values of 13238 // the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long 13239 // int, long long int, or unsigned long long int. 13240 // C99 6.4.4.3p2: 13241 // An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int. 13242 // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension 13243 QualType BestPromotionType; 13244 13245 bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>(); 13246 // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all 13247 // enum definitions. 13248 if (LangOpts.ShortEnums) 13249 Packed = true; 13250 13251 if (Enum->isFixed()) { 13252 BestType = Enum->getIntegerType(); 13253 if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType()) 13254 BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType); 13255 else 13256 BestPromotionType = BestType; 13257 // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type 13258 // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers 13259 // warn that it might be used uninitialized. 13260 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13261 } 13262 else if (NumNegativeBits) { 13263 // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of 13264 // int/long/longlong) that fits. 13265 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13266 if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) { 13267 BestType = Context.SignedCharTy; 13268 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13269 } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth && 13270 NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) { 13271 BestType = Context.ShortTy; 13272 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13273 } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) { 13274 BestType = Context.IntTy; 13275 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13276 } else { 13277 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth(); 13278 13279 if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) { 13280 BestType = Context.LongTy; 13281 } else { 13282 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13283 13284 if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth) 13285 Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large); 13286 BestType = Context.LongLongTy; 13287 } 13288 } 13289 BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType); 13290 } else { 13291 // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits 13292 // all of the enumerator values. 13293 // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short. 13294 if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) { 13295 BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy; 13296 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13297 BestWidth = CharWidth; 13298 } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) { 13299 BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy; 13300 BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy; 13301 BestWidth = ShortWidth; 13302 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) { 13303 BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy; 13304 BestWidth = IntWidth; 13305 BestPromotionType 13306 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13307 ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy; 13308 } else if (NumPositiveBits <= 13309 (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) { 13310 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy; 13311 BestPromotionType 13312 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13313 ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy; 13314 } else { 13315 BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth(); 13316 assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth && 13317 "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?"); 13318 BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy; 13319 BestPromotionType 13320 = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13321 ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy; 13322 } 13323 } 13324 13325 // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match 13326 // the type of the enum if needed. 13327 for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) { 13328 EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]); 13329 if (!ECD) continue; // Already issued a diagnostic. 13330 13331 // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an 13332 // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size. If each 13333 // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the 13334 // same as the enumerator decl itself. This means that in "enum { X = 1U }" 13335 // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'. 13336 13337 // Determine whether the value fits into an int. 13338 llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal(); 13339 13340 // If it fits into an integer type, force it. Otherwise force it to match 13341 // the enum decl type. 13342 QualType NewTy; 13343 unsigned NewWidth; 13344 bool NewSign; 13345 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && 13346 !Enum->isFixed() && 13347 isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) { 13348 NewTy = Context.IntTy; 13349 NewWidth = IntWidth; 13350 NewSign = true; 13351 } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) { 13352 // Already the right type! 13353 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13354 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13355 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13356 // enumeration. 13357 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13358 continue; 13359 } else { 13360 NewTy = BestType; 13361 NewWidth = BestWidth; 13362 NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType(); 13363 } 13364 13365 // Adjust the APSInt value. 13366 InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth); 13367 InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign); 13368 ECD->setInitVal(InitVal); 13369 13370 // Adjust the Expr initializer and type. 13371 if (ECD->getInitExpr() && 13372 !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType())) 13373 ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy, 13374 CK_IntegralCast, 13375 ECD->getInitExpr(), 13376 /*base paths*/ nullptr, 13377 VK_RValue)); 13378 if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) 13379 // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an 13380 // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its 13381 // enumeration. 13382 ECD->setType(EnumType); 13383 else 13384 ECD->setType(NewTy); 13385 } 13386 13387 Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType, 13388 NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits); 13389 13390 CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType); 13391 13392 // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned. 13393 if (Enum->hasAttrs()) 13394 CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum); 13395 } 13396 13397 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr, 13398 SourceLocation StartLoc, 13399 SourceLocation EndLoc) { 13400 StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr); 13401 13402 FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext, 13403 AsmString, StartLoc, 13404 EndLoc); 13405 CurContext->addDecl(New); 13406 return New; 13407 } 13408 13409 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M, 13410 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13411 DeclContext *DC) { 13412 if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) { 13413 switch (LSD->getLanguage()) { 13414 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c: 13415 if (!M->IsExternC) { 13416 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c) 13417 << M->getFullModuleName(); 13418 S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c); 13419 return; 13420 } 13421 break; 13422 case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx: 13423 break; 13424 } 13425 DC = LSD->getParent(); 13426 } 13427 13428 while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) 13429 DC = DC->getParent(); 13430 if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) { 13431 S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13432 << M->getFullModuleName() << DC; 13433 S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(), 13434 diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level) 13435 << DC; 13436 } 13437 } 13438 13439 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc, 13440 SourceLocation ImportLoc, 13441 ModuleIdPath Path) { 13442 Module *Mod = 13443 getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible, 13444 /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false); 13445 if (!Mod) 13446 return true; 13447 13448 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext); 13449 13450 // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule 13451 // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than 13452 // silently ignoring the import. 13453 if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule) 13454 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import) 13455 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule; 13456 else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule) 13457 Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation) 13458 << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule; 13459 13460 SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs; 13461 Module *ModCheck = Mod; 13462 for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) { 13463 // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers. 13464 // We need the length to be consistent. 13465 if (!ModCheck) 13466 break; 13467 ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent; 13468 13469 IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second); 13470 } 13471 13472 ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context, 13473 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(), 13474 AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc, 13475 Mod, IdentifierLocs); 13476 Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import); 13477 return Import; 13478 } 13479 13480 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) { 13481 checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext); 13482 13483 // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here? 13484 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc, 13485 /*Complain=*/true); 13486 } 13487 13488 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc, 13489 Module *Mod) { 13490 // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here. 13491 if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery) 13492 return; 13493 13494 // Create the implicit import declaration. 13495 TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl(); 13496 ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU, 13497 Loc, Mod, Loc); 13498 TU->addDecl(ImportD); 13499 Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD); 13500 13501 // Make the module visible. 13502 getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc, 13503 /*Complain=*/false); 13504 } 13505 13506 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13507 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13508 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13509 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13510 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13511 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, 13512 LookupOrdinaryName); 13513 AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context, 13514 AliasName->getName(), 0); 13515 13516 if (PrevDecl) 13517 PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr); 13518 else 13519 (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13520 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr)); 13521 } 13522 13523 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13524 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13525 SourceLocation NameLoc) { 13526 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName); 13527 13528 if (PrevDecl) { 13529 PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc)); 13530 } else { 13531 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13532 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo> 13533 (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc))); 13534 } 13535 } 13536 13537 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name, 13538 IdentifierInfo* AliasName, 13539 SourceLocation PragmaLoc, 13540 SourceLocation NameLoc, 13541 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) { 13542 Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc, 13543 LookupOrdinaryName); 13544 WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc); 13545 13546 if (PrevDecl) { 13547 if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) 13548 if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl)) 13549 DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W); 13550 } else { 13551 (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert( 13552 std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W)); 13553 } 13554 } 13555 13556 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const { 13557 return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext)); 13558 } 13559 13560 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const { 13561 const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext()); 13562 // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult 13563 // both the availability of the method as well as the 13564 // enclosing class. If the class is (say) deprecated, 13565 // the entire method is considered deprecated from the 13566 // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated. 13567 if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) { 13568 AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability(); 13569 if (R != AR_Available) 13570 return R; 13571 D = MD->getClassInterface(); 13572 } 13573 // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it 13574 // gets the same availability context as the @interface. 13575 else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID = 13576 dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) { 13577 D = ID->getClassInterface(); 13578 } 13579 return D->getAvailability(); 13580 } 13581